Version 1.24

* configure.ac, NEWS: Version 1.24
* bootstrap: Restore tar-specific code lost during last
sync from gnulib (241b72ffad).
* src/misc.c (chdir_do): Remove unused automatic variable.

.cvsignore

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-*.bz2
-*.gz
-*.tar
-.bootstrap
-ABOUT-NLS
-COPYING
-INSTALL
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-aclocal.m4
-autom4te.cache
-build-aux
-config.*
-configure
-gnulib
-rmt
-stamp-h1

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+*.a
+*.la
+*.lo
+*.o
+*.so
+*~
+.bootstrap
+.deps
+.emacs*
+.libs
+ABOUT-NLS
+ChangeLog
+INSTALL
+Make.rules
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+aclocal.m4
+autom4te.cache
+build-aux
+build-aux/
+config.h
+config.h.in
+config.log
+config.status
+configure
+gnu
+gnulib
+libtool
+m4
+paxutils
+stamp-h1

AUTHORS

@@ -1,34 +1,15 @@
 Authors of GNU tar.
 
-The following contributions warranted legal paper exchanges with the
-Free Software Foundation.  Also see files ChangeLog and THANKS.
+Public domain tar was written by John Gilmore, with contributions from
+Henry Spencer, Fred Fish, Ian Darwin, Geoff Collyer, Stan Barber, Guy
+Harris, Dave Brower, Richard Todd, Michael Rendell, Stu Heiss, and
+Rich Salz.
 
-TAR     Sergey Poznyakoff 2003-10
-Assigns his past and future changes.
+The FSF version, named GNU tar, was derived from public domain tar by
+Jay Fenlason and Joy Kendall.  Amy Gorin and Melissa Weisshaus
+contributed to the manual.  GNU tar has been maintained in turn by
+Thomas Bushnell BSG, François Pinard, Paul Eggert, and Sergey
+Poznyakoff.
 
-TAR	Paul Eggert	2000-10
-Assigns his past and future changes.
-
-TAR     Jay Fenlason
-Assigns his changes.
-
-TAR     Richard E Salz          1993-03-11
-Disclaims changes to getdate.y.
-
-TAR MANUAL (?)	Amy Gorin	(US 1963)	1995-01-10
-Assigns the Tar Manual.
-
-TAR	Francois Pinard	Canada 1949	1996-02-01
-Assigns past and future changes.
-
-TAR	Melissa Weisshaus	US 1966	1997-04-09
-Assigns changes to the manual and future changes.
-melissa@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-
-TAR	Thomas Michael Innis Bushnell	US 1967	1997-04-09
-Assigns changes.
-thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-
-TAR	Thomas Michael Innis Bushnell	US 1967	1997-04-09
-Assigns changes to manual.
-thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Many others have contributed to GNU tar; please see the files THANKS
+and ChangeLog.

COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

ChangeLog.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Currently there is just one ChangeLog file for tar, but 
+Currently there is just one ChangeLog file for tar, but
 there used to be separate ChangeLog files for each subdirectory.
 This file records what used to be in those separate files.
 

ChangeLog.CVS

@@ -1,3 +1,755 @@
+2009-03-05  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/incremen.c: --no-recursive works with --incremental.
+
+2009-03-04  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	Add xz support.
+
+	* src/buffer.c, src/suffix.c: Add support for xz compression.
+	* src/tar.c: New option --xz, for compression/decompression using xz.
+	Re-assign -J as a short equivalent of --xz.
+
+2009-01-19  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* doc/tar.texi: Fix typo.
+
+2008-12-29  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* bootstrap.conf: Include size_max.
+	* gnulib.modules: Remove memset, rmdir. Replace strdup with
+	strdup-posix. Patch by Eric Blake.
+	* src/tar.c: Implement -I as a shorthand for --use-compress-program.
+	* doc/tar.texi: Document -I.
+	* tests/pipe.at, tests/shortrec.at: Account for eventual 'Record
+	size' output.
+	* tests/testsuite.at (AT_TAR_CHECK_HOOK): New define
+	(AT_TAR_WITH_HOOK, TAR_IGNREC_HOOK): New macros.
+
+2008-11-30  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/xheader.c: Remove duplicate inclusion of fnmatch.h. Reported
+	by Jim Meyering.
+
+2008-11-25  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	Do not try to drain the input pipe before closing the
+	archive.
+
+	* src/buffer.c (close_archive): Remove call to
+	sys_drain_input_pipe. Pass hit_eof as the second
+	argument to sys_wait_for_child.
+	* src/common.h (sys_drain_input_pipe): Remove
+	(sys_wait_for_child): Declare second argument.
+	* src/system.c (sys_drain_input_pipe): Remove.
+	(sys_wait_for_child): Take two arguments. The second one helps to
+	decide whether to tolerate child termination on SIGPIPE.
+
+2008-11-03  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/buffer.c (_write_volume_label): Fix typo, which prevented
+	`-V label -M' from working.
+
+2008-10-30  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* NEWS, configure.ac: Version 1.20.91
+	* doc/tar.texi: Document transformation scope flags.
+	* src/common.h (transform_symlinks_option): Remove in favor of
+	transformation scope flags.
+	(XFORM_REGFILE, XFORM_LINK, XFORM_SYMLINK, XFORM_ALL): New macros.
+	(transform_name, transform_member_name, transform_name_fp): Take
+	an additional argument, specifying scope flags.
+	* src/create.c: Reflect changes to transform_name.
+	* src/extract.c (extract_link, extract_symlink): Remove calls to
+	transform_member_name. It is done in read_header.
+	* src/list.c (decode_xform): Reflect change in data type of 2nd
+	argument.
+	(transform_member_name): 2nd arg is int.
+	(decode_header): Transform file name and link target names.
+	* src/tar.c: Remove --transform-symlinks.
+	* src/transform.c (struct transform): New member `flags'.
+	(transform_flags): New variable.
+	(parse_transform_expr): Parse transformation scope flags. Allow to
+	set global flags using `flags=' syntax.
+	(_transform_name_to_obstack, transform_name_fp)
+	(transform_name): Take an additional argument, specifying scope
+	flags.
+
+2008-10-19  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* THANKS: Add Ed Leaver.
+	* src/buffer.c (short_read): Remove !read_full_records condition,
+	which was always false on a first record and thus disabled record
+	size autodetection.  Thanks Ed Leaver for the patch.
+	(_gnu_flush_read): Handle blocking_factor == 1.
+	* tests/sparsemv.at: Reflect changes to buffer.c.
+	* tests/sparsemvp.at: Likewise.
+	* tests/volsize.at: Likewise.
+	* NEWS: Update.
+
+2008-10-16  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/common.h (transform_symlinks_option): New global.
+	* src/create.c (dump_file0): Transform symlink targets only if
+	explicitly required.  Thanks Cyril Strejc for reporting the
+	problem.
+	* src/tar.c (parse_opt): New options --transform-symlinks and
+	--no-transform-symlinks. New alias --xform to the --transform
+	option.
+	* doc/tar.texi: Document --transform-symlinks
+	* NEWS: Update.
+	* THANKS: Update.
+
+	* src/names.c (name_gather): Use xzalloc.
+	* src/buffer.c (short_read): Move record size detection before
+	the loop.
+
+2008-10-07  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/tar.c (options): Add --lzop option.
+
+2008-10-05  Xavier Hienne <xavier.hienne@free.fr> (tiny change)
+
+	* src/checkpoint.c (checkpoint_compile_action): Add missing
+	`else'.
+
+2008-09-24  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* NEWS: Update.
+	* doc/tar.texi: Update.
+	* src/tar.c: New option --no-null.
+
+2008-09-23  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/common.h (filename_terminator): Remove global.
+	* src/tar.c (filename_terminator): New static.
+	* src/names.c (name_next_elt): Do not depend on
+	filename_terminator, this was a leftover from 1.13.
+
+2008-09-18  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* doc/tar.texi: Remove incorrect example.
+
+2008-09-07  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/incremen.c (dumpdir_create0): Eliminate gcc warning.
+	(attach_directory): Bugfix - add missing return statement.
+	* THANKS: Add Enric Hernandez
+
+2008-07-31  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/incremen.c (struct directory): New member `next'.  Change
+	type of `name'.
+	(dirhead, dirtail): New statics.
+	(make_directory): Reflect changes to struct directory.
+	(free_directory, attach_directory): New functions.
+	(dirlist_replace_prefix): New function.
+	(note_directory): Use attach_directory, instead of make_directory,
+	(find_directory, find_directory_meta): Use free_directory.
+	(procdir): Replace directory prefixes in directory list to avoid
+	marking subdirectories as renamed after renaming their parent
+	directory.
+	(append_incremental_renames): Iterate over directory list, not
+	hash table, to preserve logical ordering of renames.
+	* tests/rename04.at, tests/rename05.at: New test cases.
+	* tests/Makefile.am, tests/testsuite.at: Add rename04.at and
+	rename05.at.
+	* tests/atlocal.in (decho): New function.
+	* tests/multiv06.at: Use decho instead of echo2.
+	* tests/incremental.at: Raise wait interval to 2 seconds.
+
+2008-07-24  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/tar.c (decode_options): Do not allow volume length less
+	than record size.
+	* src/buffer.c (_gnu_flush_write): Compensate for the effect
+	of eventual flush_archive occurring in the middle of buffer
+	move.
+	Increment records_written only if _flush_write was able to write
+	something.
+	* tests/multiv06.at: New testcase.
+	* tests/Makefile.am, test/testsuite.at: Add tests/multiv06.at
+
+2008-06-26  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* configure.ac, NEWS: Version 1.20.90
+	* doc/tar.texi: Document -J, --no-auto-compress, etc.
+	* src/buffer.c (ct_tar): New constant.
+	(magic): Add lzop support.  Proposed by Kevin Day
+	<thekevinday@gmail.com>.
+	(check_compressed_archive): Do not use autodetect if the
+	compression program was specified explicitly.
+	Fall back to analyzing archive name, if the autodetection fails.
+	* src/suffix.c: Add .lzo
+	* src/tar.c: New options --lzop and --no-auto-compress.
+	New short option -J (alias for --lzma).
+
+	* src/buffer.c (try_new_volume): Print more information with error
+	diagnostics.
+	(_gnu_flush_write): Improve error checking.  Adjust
+	real_s_sizeleft before calling new_volume to avoid creating
+	malformed multivolume headers.
+	* tests/delete05.at, tests/gzip.at, tests/ignfail.at,
+	tests/longv7.at, tests/lustar01.at, tests/lustar02.at,
+	tests/shortfile.at: Update to match new diagnostic wording
+	(see 2008-05-06).
+
+	* NEWS: Update.
+
+2008-06-14  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* doc/tar.texi (exclude): Document support for new VCS.
+	* THANKS: Update.
+	* NEWS: Update.
+	* tests/multiv05.at: Fix typos.
+	* tests/volsize.at: Remove a TZ dependency.
+
+2008-06-14  Dan Drake <dan@dandrake.org> (tiny change)
+
+	* src/tar.c (exclude_vcs_files): Support for Bazaar, Mercurial and
+	Darcs.
+
+2008-05-06  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/tar.c (main): Reword the "delayed error" message. New
+	wording proposed by Karl Berry.
+
+2008-02-20  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* configure.ac: Raise version number to 1.20
+	* src/compare.c (diff_dumpdir): const.
+	* src/common.h (dumpdir_t,dumpdir_iter_t): New data types.
+	(dumpdir_create0,dumpdir_create,dumpdir_free,dumpdir_locate)
+	(dumpdir_first,dumpdir_next): New functions.
+	* src/incremen.c (dumpdir_create0,dumpdir_create,dumpdir_free)
+	(dumpdir_first,dumpdir_next): New functions.
+	(dumpdir_locate): Rewrite using binary search.
+	(struct directory): Change members char *contents, *icontents to
+	struct dumpdir *dump, *idump. All references updated.
+	(note_directory): Last arg is const.
+	* src/names.c (add_hierarchy_to_namelist): buffer is const.
+	* tests/incr03.at, tests/incr04.at, tests/rename02.at,
+	tests/rename03.at: Insert calls to sleep between creation of files
+	and adding them to the archive.
+
+2008-03-31  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/create.c (dump_file0): Count links only for actually dumped
+	files.
+
+2008-03-27  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* NEWS: Document --no-check-device and --check-device.
+	* doc/rendition.texi: Change the way FIXME-*refs are handled in
+	!PROOF.
+	* doc/intern.texi, doc/tar.texi: Update.
+	* doc/untabify.el: New file.
+	* doc/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add untabify.el
+	(untabify, final, check-format, check-refs, check-fixmes)
+	(check-unrevised, all-check-docs, check-docs): New rules.
+
+	* src/common.h (check_device_option): New global.
+	* src/incremen.c (procdir): Use boolean and instead of bitwise
+	one. Patch by Jean-Louis Martineau.
+	Compare device numbers only if check_device_option is set.
+	* src/tar.c: New command line options --no-check-device and
+	--check-device. Proposed by Jean-Louis Martineau.
+	(parse_opt): Hanlde new options.
+	(decode_options): Initialize check_device_option to true.
+
+	* THANKS: Update
+
+2008-03-06  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* bootstrap: Use rsync to get translations.
+	* doc/tar.texi: Minor change.
+	* lib/.cvsignore: Update
+	* po/.cvsignore: Update
+	* src/system.c: Remove include setenv.h.
+	* tests/atlocal.in (STAR_DATA_URL): Update.
+	* tests/star/README: Update URL.
+
+2008-02-09  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* doc/tar.texi: Fix a typo. Reported by Denis Excoffier.
+
+2008-02-08  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* NEWS: Update.
+	* configure.ac: Version 1.19.90
+	* po/POTFILES.in: Add missing files.
+	* src/compare.c (verify_volume): Honor --ignore-zeros.
+	Proposed by Jan-Benedict Glaw.
+	* tests/shortfile.at (AT_KEYWORDS): Add shortfile0.
+
+2008-02-07  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* NEWS: Update.
+	* src/create.c (dump_file0): Apply transform_name to symlink
+	targets.
+
+2008-02-04  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/transform.c: Support multiple --transform options. Support
+	semicolon-separated lists of replace expressions.
+	* NEWS, tar.texi: Document changes to the --transform option.
+
+2008-01-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* doc/tar.texi: Update Back-Cover text to reflect new GNU wording.
+
+2007-12-17  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	Exit with nonzero status if a close fails on an archive.
+	Problem (and initial trivial fix)
+	* src/buffer.c (close_archive, new_volume): close_error, not
+	close_warn.
+
+2007-12-05  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/buffer.c (check_compressed_archive): Do not bail out if the
+	file is too short, set boolean flag, passed as an argument
+	instead.  This fixes a bug introduced on 2007-08-24. See also
+	tests/shortupd.at.
+
+	* tests/Makefile.am, tests/testsuite.at: Add shortupd.at.
+	* tests/shortupd.at: New test.
+
+2007-11-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@redhat.com>
+
+	Don't read from name[-1].
+	* src/incremen.c (make_directory): Handle namelen == 0, since
+	find_directory_meta calls make_directory ("").
+
+2007-11-07  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* bootstrap (checkout): Use URL of the gnulib CVS mirror.
+	* gnulib.modules: Add fseeko and snprintf.
+
+2007-10-31  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/checkpoint.c: New actions: bell and ttyout
+	* src/system.c (sys_exec_info_script)
+	(sys_exec_checkpoint_script): pass the current blocking factor in
+	TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR environment variable.
+	* doc/tar.texi: Update
+	* NEWS: Update
+
+2007-10-30  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* doc/Makefile.am: Use texi2html and the CVS version of gendocs.sh
+	to create HTML versions of the manual.
+	* doc/gendocs_template: Likewise.
+	* doc/tar.texi: Document --hard-dereference and
+	--checkpoint-action options. Improve documentation of
+	--check-links.
+
+2007-10-29  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* NEWS: Update
+	* configure.ac: Version 1.19.1
+	* po/POTFILES.in: Add src/checkpoint.c
+	* src/Makefile.am (tar_SOURCES): add checkpoint.c
+	* src/checkpoint.c: New file - checkpoint handling.
+	* src/buffer.c (checkpoint, do_checkpoint): Remove.
+	(_flush_write, simple_flush_read, _gnu_flush_read): Use
+	checkpoint_run.
+	* src/common.h (enum checkpoint_style): Remove.
+	(checkpoint_style): Remove.
+	(DEFAULT_CHECKPOINT): New define.
+	(hard_dereference_option): New variable.
+	(sys_exec_checkpoint_script): New declaration.
+	* src/create.c (file_count_links): do nothing if
+	hard_dereference_option is set.
+	* src/system.c (sys_exec_checkpoint_script): New function.
+	(sys_exec_info_script): Restore SIGPIPE handler.
+	* src/tar.c: (parse_opt): New options --hard-dereference,
+	--checkpoint-action.
+	(decode_options): Call checkpoint_finish_compile.
+
+	* src/system.c (sys_exec_info_script): Initialize buf. Problem
+	reported by Bengt-Arne Fjellner.
+
+2007-10-18  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	Avoid compiler warnings.
+	* src/list.c (read_header_primitive): Define two locals, to
+	avoid incorrect "may be used uninitialized" warnings.
+	* src/incremen.c (procdir): Remove decl of unused local, "len".
+
+2007-10-18  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* doc/tar.texi (gzip): Remove compression patent
+	warning. According to Brett Smith, the patent is
+	expired.
+
+2007-10-17  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/suffix.c: New file. Compress format detection by archive
+	suffix (when creating). Suggested by Jean-Pierre Demailly.
+	* src/Makefile.am: Add suffix.c
+	* src/buffer.c (magic): Add an entry for new lzma format. Proposed
+	by Lasse Collin.
+	* src/common.h (set_comression_program_by_suffix): New prototype.
+	* src/tar.c: New options --auto-compress (-a) and --lzma
+	* THANKS: Add Lasse Collin and Jean-Pierre Demailly.
+	* NEWS: Update
+	* doc/tar.texi: Update
+
+2007-10-12  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* src/utf8.c (string_ascii_p): Recode to avoid bogus GCC 4.2.1
+	warning about "comparison is always true due to limited range of
+	data type" when char is unsigned.
+
+2007-10-11  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	Adjust to recent gnulib changes.
+	* configure.ac: Dont' check for strerror, since gnulib now does this.
+	* .cvsignore: Add m4, tar-[0-9]*.
+	* lib/.cvsignore: Adjust to various gnulib file name changes.
+	Add .deps, rmt-command.h.
+
+2007-10-10  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* configure.ac, NEWS: Raise version number to 1.19
+	* tests/star/README: Update
+
+2007-10-05  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/create.c (dump_regular_file): Fix file padding in case of
+	truncation to zero size.
+	* NEWS: Update
+
+2007-10-04  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* tests/T-null.at: Use AT_DATA for sample output.
+
+2007-10-03  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/incremen.c (try_purge_directory): Ensure that arguments to T
+	and R are safe.
+
+2007-09-29  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/incremen.c (obstack_code_rename): Apply safer_name_suffix to
+	name arguments before storing them in T and R records. Reported by
+	Nicholas Cole.
+
+2007-09-27  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* configure.ac: Raise version number to 1.18.90
+	* NEWS: Likewise
+
+	* doc/snapshot.texi: Document version 2.
+	* doc/dumpdir.texi: Update.
+
+	Implement --exclude-tag* and --exclude-cache* options for listed
+	incremental archives.
+	New option --exclude-vcs to exclude VCS-specific files and
+	directories.
+
+	* NEWS: Update
+	* doc/tar.texi: Document --exclude-vcs option
+	* src/common.h (exclusion_tag_warning, check_exclusion_tags): New
+	prototypes.
+	* src/create.c (exclusion_tag_warning, check_exclusion_tags):
+	Remove static qualifier.
+	(check_exclusion_tags): account for dirname without terminating
+	slash.
+	(dump_dir0): exclusion_tag_all is handled elsewhere.
+	* src/incremen.c (struct directory): New member tagfile
+	(make_directory): Initialize tagfile to NULL
+	(procdir): New argument: entry
+	Hanlde exclusion tags.
+	(makedumpdir): Take into account directory->tagfile.
+	(scan_directory): Hanlde exclusion tags.
+	* src/tar.c: New option --exclude-vcs
+	(exclude_vcs_files): New function
+
+2007-09-14  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* AUTHORS: Remove unnecessary information.  Just list the
+	principal authors.
+	* THANKS: Remove info duplicated from AUTHORS.
+
+2007-08-25  Jim Meyering  <jim@meyering.net>
+
+	Don't include <getline.h>.  No longer needed.
+	* src/incremen.c: Don't include <getline.h>.  No longer needed.
+	* src/buffer.c: Likewise.
+	* src/system.c: Likewise.
+	* src/tar.c: Likewise.
+
+	Avoid shadowing and unused-variable warnings.
+	* src/create.c (check_exclusion_tags): Remove declaration of unused
+	local, "ret".
+	* src/compare.c (diff_dumpdir): Rename stat->stat_data to avoid
+	shadowing the syscall.
+	* src/buffer.c (do_checkpoint): Don't shadow the write syscall.
+	(try_new_volume): Avoid shadowing "access".
+	* src/tar.c (decode_options): Rename index->idx to avoid shadowing.
+	(find_argp_option): Rename option->o to avoid shadowing.
+	* src/incremen.c (scan_directory): Rename local, dir_name->dir,
+	to avoid shadowing the function.
+	(get_directory_contents): Likewise.
+	* src/system.c (global_pid): Rename from "pid", to avoid being
+	shadowed by locals.
+	* src/extract.c (apply_nonancestor_delayed_set_stat):
+	Rename st->sb to avoid shadowing another local.
+
+2007-08-24  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* configure.ac, NEWS: Raise version number to 1.18.1
+
+	* src/buffer.c (check_compressed_archive): Detect files smaller
+	than 512 bytes.
+	* tests/shortfile.at: New test case for the above change.
+	* tests/testsuite.at, tests/Makefile.am: Add shortfile.at
+
+2007-08-19  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* bootstrap: Gnulib initialization destroyed paxutils m4 files.
+	Initialize paxutils structure after that of gnulib.
+
+2007-08-12  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/names.c (contains_dot_dot): Fix double-dot recognition in
+	case of duplicate /. Patch by Dmitry V. Levin.
+
+	* bootstrap (symlink_to_gnulib): Make sure the target directory
+	exists and create it if it does not.
+
+	* doc/tar.texi: Fix a typo.
+
+2007-06-28  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* bootstrap: Update for the change of the TP URL
+
+2007-06-27  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+        Relicense under GPLv3
+
+2007-06-21  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* tests/testsuite.at (AT_TAR_MKHIER): Skip test if genfile is
+	unable to create the file
+	* tests/lustar01.at: Likewise
+
+2007-06-21  Eric Blake  <ebb9@byu.net>
+
+        Resolve testsuite failures 40-42 on cygwin.
+        * tests/testsuite.at (AT_TAR_MKHIER): Skip tests when long
+        file names cannot be created.
+
+2007-06-16  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* doc/Makefile.am (tar_TEXINFOS): Add tar-snapshot-edit.texi
+	* doc/tar-snapshot-edit.texi: New file
+	* doc/tar.texi (Fixing Snapshot Files): New appendix
+
+	* scripts/tar-snapshot-edit: New file
+	* tests/extrac07.at: Add back write permissions on dir
+
+2007-06-09  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* tests/exclude.at: Sort the output.
+
+2007-06-08  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* configure.ac, NEWS: Raise version number to 1.17
+
+	* doc/tar.texi, doc/intern.texi: Replace: s/filename/file name/;
+	s/(ASCII|ID|BSD)/@acronym{&}/;s/"[^"]+"/``&''/
+	Use `path' only when it refers to search paths, use
+	`file name' otherwise.
+	Fix various errors (based on patch by Benno Schulenberg)
+
+	* doc/tar.texi (Operation Summary): Restore alphabetical order of
+	the options.
+
+2007-06-02  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	Fix bug, introduced on 2007-03-30.
+
+	* src/common.h (xform_type): New data type
+	(transform_member_name): Last argument is of xform_type type
+	All callers updated
+
+	* src/extract.c: Update calls to transform_member_name
+	* src/list.c (decode_xform): Exempt symbolic links from component
+	stripping and name suffix normalization.
+
+	* tests/extrac07.at: Update
+
+2007-05-30  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/xheader.c (decx): Unknown pax keywords produce a warning,
+	not error.
+
+2007-05-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* src/misc.c (set_file_atime): Use gl_futimens, not futimens,
+	due to gnulib change.
+
+2007-05-19  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/common.h (buffer_write_global_xheader): New function
+	(struct xheader): Move definition to tar.h
+	(extended_header): Remove global
+	(xheader_init): New function
+	(xheader_decode_global,xheader_store,xheader_read)
+	(xheader_write_global,xheader_write,xheader_string_begin)
+	(xheader_string_add,xheader_string_end): Take xhdr as first
+	argument.
+	* src/tar.h (struct xheader): New definition
+	(struct tar_stat_info): New member xhdr (extended header).
+
+	* src/xheader.c (xheader_init): New function
+	(xheader_decode_global,xheader_store,xheader_read)
+	(xheader_write_global,xheader_write,xheader_string_begin)
+	(xheader_string_add,xheader_string_end): Take xhdr as first
+	argument.
+
+	* src/buffer.c (buffer_write_global_xheader): New function
+	Update to use new xheader calls.
+
+	* src/compare.c, src/create.c, src/delete.c, src/list.c,
+	src/sparse.c, src/tar.c, src/update.c: Global extended_header
+	removed, use new xheader calls instead.
+
+	* tests/T-null.at: Minor fix
+	* tests/atlocal.in (tarball_prereq): Discard eventual md5sum
+	output.
+
+2007-05-18  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/create.c (dump_file0): Original ctime cannot be used as a
+	directory change indicator if --remove-files is given.
+
+2007-04-12  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	Adjust to latest Gnulib.
+	* lib/.cvsignore: Add dirfd.c, dirfd.h, float+.h, mbscasecmp.c,
+	stdio.h, stdio_.h, stdlib.h, stdlib_.h, time.h, time_.h, unistd.h.
+	Remove exit.h, getcwd.h, mempcpy.h, memrchr.h, mkdtemp.h, stpcpy.h,
+	strcase.h, strchrnul.h, strdup.h, strndup.h, strnlen.h, time_r.h,
+	vsnprintf.h.
+	* m4/.cvsignore: Remove localedir.h.  Sort.
+
+2007-04-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	* src/common.h (closeopen): Remove decl.
+	* src/misc.c: Don't include <sys/time.h>, <sys/resource.h>; no longer
+	needed.
+	(get_max_open_files, closeopen): Remove.  All callers removed.
+	(chdir_dir): Use a different technique, which doesn't rely on closing
+	all open files.
+	* src/tar.c (main): Don't call closeopen.
+
+2007-04-04  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* NEWS: Update
+	* doc/tar.texi: Update
+	* src/system.c (sys_exec_info_script): Store the
+	inter-communication fd in the environment variable TAR_FD
+
+2007-04-03  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/tar.c (main): Move closeopen after decode_options to
+	allow shell process substitution to work.
+	* tests/extrac07.at: Expect a warning on stderr.
+
+2007-03-30  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/common.h (transform_name_fp): Change signature
+	(transform_member_name): New function
+	* src/extract.c (extract_link, extract_symlink): Use
+	transform_member_name instead of safer_name_suffix so that
+	--transform and --strip-components affect links as well.
+	* src/list.c (transform_member_name): New function
+	(decode_header): Use transform_member_name
+	* src/names.c (all_names_found): Remove check for matching_flags.
+	* NEWS: Update
+
+	* TODO: Update
+	* bootstrap (slurp): Remove any occurrences of $bt from the
+	generated gnulib.mk
+	* src/incremen.c: Do not include mkdtemp.h
+
+2007-01-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	Adjust to recent gnulib changes.
+	* lib/.cvsignore: Add fchownat.c, rmt-command.h, strerror.c, string.h,
+	string_.h, sys, sys_time_.h, unistd_.h, wchar_.h, wctype_.h.
+	Remove localedir.h, size_max.h, xsize.h.
+	* src/xheader.c: Don't include stpcpy.h; no longer needed, now that
+	gnulib string.h defines stpcpy on all platforms.
+
+2007-01-23  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* doc/tar.texi: Document --exclude-caches* and --exclude-tag*
+	options.
+	* src/common.h (exclude_caches_option): Remove
+	(enum exclusion_tag_type): New data type
+	(add_exclude_tag): Rename to add_exclusion_tag
+	(cachedir_file_p): New prototype
+	* src/create.c (struct exclude_tag): rename to exclusion_tag
+	(check_exclusion_tags): New function
+	(cachedir_file_p): New function (from check_cache_directory)
+	(dump_dir0,dump_file0): Use check_exclusion_tags
+	* src/tar.c: New options --exclude-caches-all,
+	--exclude-caches-under, --exclude-tag-all, --exclude-tag-under
+	* tests/exclude.at: New file
+	* tests/Makefile.am (TESTSUITE_AT): Add exclude.at
+	* tests/testsuite.at: Add exclude.at
+
+2007-01-19  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* gnulib.modules: Require strerror
+	* doc/gendocs_template: Fix typos
+	* scripts/xsparse.c (expand_sparse): use ftruncate to handle the
+	trailing hole
+	* src/sparse.c (sparse_skip_file,pax_dump_header_1)
+	(pax_decode_header): Keep track of the number of bytes
+	written.
+	* configure.ac: Version 1.16.2
+	* NEWS: Update
+
+2007-01-04  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* src/compare.c (diff_dumpdir): Compare directory contents using
+	dumpdir_cmp.  Do not free dumpdir_buffer, it will leave the
+	incremental directory table in the inconsistent state and trigger
+	full dump.
+	(read_and_process): Process dumpdirs no matter what the archive
+	format.
+	* src/incremen.c (list_dumpdir): Minor fixes.
+
+	* src/compare.c (read_and_process): Fix type of "size"
+
+2006-12-13  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
+
+	* tests/T-null.at: Skip the test if genfile is not able to create
+	the filename with an embedded newline.
+
+2006-12-12  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
+
+	Port to Forte Developer 7 C 5.4 and C99.
+	* src/common.h (add_exclude_tag): Add decl; C99 requires this
+	and Forte warns about it.
+	* src/incremen.c: Include <mkdtemp.h> for mkdtemp prototype,
+	for same reason.
+	* src/misc.c (get_max_open_files): Rewrite to avoid code that
+	Forte C complains about as being unreachable.
+	* src/xheader.c (mtime_code): Rewrite to avoid Forte error
+	reported by Trond Hasle Amundsen.
+
+	* src/incremen.c (compare_dirnames): Rewrite to avoid casts.
+	* src/utf8.c (string_ascii_p): Likewise.
+	* src/xheader.c (mtime_coder, volume_size_coder, volume_offset_coder):
+	Likewise.
+
 2006-12-08  Sergey Poznyakoff  <gray@gnu.org.ua>
 
 	* bootstrap: Add paxutils files to dot_ignore.
@@ -19,7 +771,7 @@
 	Patch proposed by Jan-Benedict Glaw <jbglaw@lug-owl.de>
 	* tests/truncate.at: Use genfile instead of dd, because on some
 	systems /dev/zero is not available.
-	
+
 2006-12-04  Paul Eggert  <eggert@cs.ucla.edu>
 
 	* NEWS: Fix some race conditions with tar -x --same-owner.
@@ -8049,29 +8801,31 @@
 	time_from_oct, uid_from_oct, uintmax_from_oct): New decls.
 	(print_for_mkdir): 2nd arg is now mode_t.
 
-See ChangeLog.1 for earlier changes.
+	-----
 
+	See ChangeLog.1 for earlier changes.
 
-
-Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+	-----
 
-This file is part of GNU tar.
+	Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+	This file is part of GNU tar.
 
-GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+	GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+	the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+	any later version.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU tar; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+	GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+	GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+	along with GNU tar; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+	the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+	Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
 
 Local Variables:
 mode: change-log

Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # Main Makefile for GNU tar.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free
-# Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2007,
+# 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 ## any later version.
 
 ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -19,13 +19,20 @@
 ## 02110-1301, USA.
 
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
-EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1 PORTS
-SUBDIRS = doc lib rmt src scripts po tests
+EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1 Make.rules
+SUBDIRS = doc gnu lib rmt src scripts po tests
 
-dist-hook: 
+dist-hook:
+	$(MAKE) changelog_dir=$(distdir) ChangeLog
 	-rm -f $(distdir).cpio
 	find $(distdir) | cpio -Hcrc -o | \
           GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c > $(distdir).cpio.gz
 
 distclean-local:
 	-rm -f $(distdir).cpio.gz
+
+include Make.rules
+
+gen_start_date = 2009-03-06
+prev_change_log = ChangeLog.CVS
+changelog_dir = .

Makefile.in

@@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1n from Makefile.am
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-
-# Main Makefile for GNU tar.
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
-
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-
-bindir = @bindir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-libdir = @libdir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-oldincludedir = /usr/include
-
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-
-top_builddir = .
-
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-
-NORMAL_INSTALL = true
-PRE_INSTALL = true
-POST_INSTALL = true
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = true
-PRE_UNINSTALL = true
-POST_UNINSTALL = true
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
-CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
-CC = @CC@
-DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
-GT_NO = @GT_NO@
-GT_YES = @GT_YES@
-INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
-INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
-INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
-INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-POFILES = @POFILES@
-POSUB = @POSUB@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-RMT = @RMT@
-U = @U@
-USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-YACC = @YACC@
-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnits dist-shar
-
-BABYL = rmail/* admin/*/RMAIL
-EXTRA_DIST = AC-PATCHES AM-PATCHES BI-PATCHES PORTS rebox.el
-SUBDIRS = doc lib intl src scripts po tests
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-CONFIG_HEADER_IN = config.h.in
-CONFIG_HEADER_FULL = config.h
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
-CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-DIST_COMMON =  README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS BACKLOG COPYING ChangeLog \
-INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS THANKS TODO acconfig.h \
-acinclude.m4 aclocal.m4 config.h.in configure configure.in install-sh \
-missing mkinstalldirs stamp-h.in
-
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-default: all
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits Makefile
-
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4:  configure.in  acinclude.m4
-	cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL)
-
-config.status: configure
-	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
-$(srcdir)/configure: configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
-	cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
-
-$(CONFIG_HEADER): stamp-h
-stamp-h: $(CONFIG_HEADER_IN) $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=$(CONFIG_HEADER_FULL) \
-	     $(SHELL) ./config.status
-	@echo timestamp > stamp-h
-$(srcdir)/$(CONFIG_HEADER_IN): stamp-h.in
-$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) acconfig.h
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
-	echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
-
-mostlyclean-hdr:
-
-clean-hdr:
-
-distclean-hdr:
-	rm -f $(CONFIG_HEADER)
-
-maintainer-clean-hdr:
-
-# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
-installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive  \
-check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive \
-mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
-maintainer-clean-recursive:
-	@for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
-	  target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
-	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \
-	   || case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
-	done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) tags); \
-	done
-
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	tags=; \
-	here=`pwd`; \
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
-	done; \
-	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$$tags" \
-	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS)
-
-mostlyclean-tags:
-
-clean-tags:
-
-distclean-tags:
-	rm -f TAGS ID
-
-maintainer-clean-tags:
-
-distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
-# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
-# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
-# tarfile.
-distcheck: dist
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r
-	mkdir $(distdir)/=build
-	mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
-	dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \
-	cd $(distdir)/=build \
-	  && ../configure --with-included-gettext --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
-	  && $(MAKE) \
-	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
-	  && $(MAKE) check \
-	  && $(MAKE) install \
-	  && $(MAKE) installcheck \
-	  && $(MAKE) dist
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-	@echo "========================"; \
-	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
-	echo "========================"
-dist: distdir
-	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r $(distdir)
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-dist-shar: distdir
-	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-dist-all: distdir
-	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r $(distdir)
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	@if sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS | fgrep -e "$(VERSION)" > /dev/null; then :; else \
-	  echo "NEWS not updated; not releasing" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
-	fi
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-	mkdir $(distdir)
-	-chmod 755 $(distdir)
-	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
-	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
-	done
-	for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do		\
-	  test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir		\
-	  || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir		\
-	  || exit 1;				\
-	  chmod 755 $(distdir)/$$subdir;	\
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir distdir) \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	done
-info: info-recursive
-dvi: dvi-recursive
-check: all-am
-	$(MAKE) check-recursive
-installcheck: installcheck-recursive
-all-recursive-am: $(CONFIG_HEADER)
-	$(MAKE) all-recursive
-
-all-am: Makefile config.h all-local
-
-install-exec: install-exec-recursive
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install-data: install-data-recursive
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-recursive
-	@:
-
-uninstall: uninstall-recursive
-
-all: all-recursive-am all-am
-
-install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
-installdirs: installdirs-recursive
-
-
-mostlyclean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
-
-clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-
-distclean-generic:
-	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
-	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-hdr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic
-
-clean-am:  clean-hdr clean-tags clean-generic mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean-am:  distclean-hdr distclean-tags distclean-generic clean-am
-
-maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-hdr maintainer-clean-tags \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
-
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am
-
-clean:  clean-recursive clean-am
-
-distclean:  distclean-recursive distclean-am
-	rm -f config.status
-
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-recursive maintainer-clean-am
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-	rm -f config.status
-
-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-hdr distclean-hdr clean-hdr \
-maintainer-clean-hdr install-data-recursive uninstall-data-recursive \
-install-exec-recursive uninstall-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive \
-uninstalldirs-recursive all-recursive check-recursive \
-installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive \
-mostlyclean-recursive distclean-recursive clean-recursive \
-maintainer-clean-recursive tags tags-recursive mostlyclean-tags \
-distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi \
-installcheck all-recursive-am all-am install-exec install-data install \
-uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
-clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
-maintainer-clean
-
-
-all-local: $(CONFIG_HEADER)
-
-id: ID
-
-ID:
-	cd lib && $(MAKE) $@
-	cd src && $(MAKE) $@
-
-dist-zoo: $(DISTFILES)
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-	mkdir $(distdir)
-	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd` \
-	  && cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && automake --include-deps --output-dir=$$distdir
-	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do		\
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	    || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
-	done
-	for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do		\
-	  test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir		\
-	  || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir		\
-	  || exit 1;				\
-	  chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir;	\
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) dist) || exit 1; \
-	done
-	@sublist="$(DIST_SUBDIRS)";		\
-	for dir in $$sublist; do		\
-	  echo copying directory $$dir;		\
-	  tar -chf - $$dir | (cd $(distdir) && tar -xBpf -); \
-	done
-	chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
-	find $(distdir) -type f | xargs dosfn
-#	find $(distdir) -type f | xargs recode :ibmpc
-	mv $(distdir) $(PACKAGE)
-	find $(PACKAGE) -type f | zoo ahIq $(PACKAGE).zoo
-	rm -rf $(PACKAGE)
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:

NEWS

@@ -1,16 +1,442 @@
-GNU tar NEWS - User visible changes.
+GNU tar NEWS - User visible changes. 2010-10-24
 Please send GNU tar bug reports to <bug-tar@gnu.org>
-
-version 1.16.1
 
-* New option --exclude-tag allows to specify "exclusion tag files", i.e. 
-  files whose presence in a directory means that the directory should not 
+
+version 1.24 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2010-10-24
+
+* The --full-time option.
+
+New command line option `--full-time' instructs tar to output file
+time stamps to the full resolution.
+
+* Bugfixes.
+
+** More reliable directory traversal when creating archives
+
+Tar now checks for inconsistencies caused when a file system is
+modified while tar is creating an archive.  In the new approach, tar
+maintains a cache of file descriptors to directories, so it uses more
+file descriptors than before, but it adjusts to system limits on
+the number of file descriptors.  Tar also takes more care when
+a file system is modified while tar is extracting from an archive.
+
+The new checks are implemented via the openat and related calls
+standardized by POSIX.1-2008.  On an older system where these calls do
+not exist or do not return useful results, tar emulates the calls at
+some cost in efficiency and reliability.
+
+** Symbolic link attributes
+
+When extracting symbolic links, tar now restores attributes such as
+last-modified time and link permissions, if the operating system
+supports this.  For example, recent versions of the Linux kernel
+support setting times on symlinks, and some BSD kernels also support
+symlink permissions.
+
+** --dereference consistency
+
+The --dereference (-h) option now applies to files that are copied
+into or out of archives, independently of other options.  For example,
+if F is a symbolic link and archive.tar contains a regular-file member
+also named F, "tar --overwrite -x -f archive.tar F" now overwrites F
+itself, rather than the file that F points to.  (To overwrite the file
+that F points to, add the --dereference (-h) option.)  Formerly,
+--dereference was intended to apply only when using the -c option, but
+the implementation was not consistent.
+
+Also, the --dereference option no longer affects accesses to other
+files, such as archives and time stamp files.  Symbolic links to these
+files are always followed.  Previously, the links were usually but not
+always followed.
+
+** Spurious error diagnostics on broken pipe.
+
+When receiving SIGPIPE, tar would exit with error status and
+"write error" diagnostics. In particular, this occurred if
+invoked as in the example below:
+
+   tar tf archive.tar | head -n 1
+
+** --remove-files
+
+`Tar --remove-files' failed to remove a directory which contained
+symlinks to another files within that directory.
+
+** --test-label behavior
+
+In case of a mismatch, `tar --test-label LABEL' exits with code 1,
+not 2 as it did in previous versions.
+
+The `--verbose' option used with `--test-label' provides additional
+diagnostics.
+
+Several volume labels may be specified in a command line, e.g.:
+
+   tar --test-label -f archive 'My volume' 'New volume' 'Test volume'
+
+In this case, tar exits with code 0 if any one of the arguments
+matches the actual volume label.
+
+** --label used with --update
+
+The `--label' option can be used with `--update' to prevent accidental
+update of an archive:
+
+  tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .
+
+This did not work in previous versions, in spite of what the docs said.
+
+** --record-size and --tape-length (-L) options
+
+Usual size suffixes are allowed for these options.  For example,
+-L10k stands for a 10 kilobyte tape length.
+
+** Fix dead loop on extracting existing symlinks with the -k option.
+
+
+version 1.23 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2010-03-10
+
+* Record size autodetection
+
+When listing or extracting archives, the actual record size is
+reported only if the archive is read from a device (as opposed
+to regular files and pipes).
+
+* Seekable archives
+
+When a read-only operation (e.g. --list or --extract) is requested
+on a regular file, tar attemtps to speed up accesses by using lseek.
+
+* New command line option `--warning'
+
+The `--warning' command line option allows to suppress or enable
+particular warning messages during `tar' run.  It takes a single
+argument (a `keyword'), identifying the class of warning messages
+to affect.  If the argument is prefixed with `no-', such warning
+messages are suppressed.  For example,
+
+  tar --warning=no-alone-zero-block -x -f archive
+
+suppresses the output of `A lone zero block' diagnostics, which is
+normally issued if `archive' ends with a single block of zeros.
+
+See Tar Manual, section 3.9 "Controlling Warning Messages", for a
+detailed discussion.
+
+* New command line option `--level'
+
+The `--level=N' option sets the incremental dump level N.  It
+is valid when used in conjunction with the -c and --listed-incremental
+options.  So far the only meaningful value for N is 0.  The
+`--level=0' option forces creating the level 0 dump, by truncating
+the snapshot file if it exists.
+
+* Files removed during incremental dumps
+
+If a file or directory is removed while incremental dump is
+in progress, tar exact actions depend on whether this file
+was explicitly listed in the command line, or was found
+during file system scan.
+
+If the file was explicitly listed in the command line, tar
+issues error message and exits with the code 2, meaning
+fatal error.
+
+Otherwise, if the file was found during the file system scan,
+tar issues a warning, saying "File removed before we read it",
+and sets exit code to 1, which means "some files differ".
+If the --warning=no-file-removed option is given, no warning
+is issued and exit code remains 0.
+
+* Modification times of PAX extended headers.
+
+Modification times in ustar header blocks of extended headers
+are set to mtimes of the corresponding archive members.  This
+can be overridden by the
+
+  --pax-opion='exthdr.mtime=STRING'
+
+command line option.  The STRING is either number of seconds since
+the Epoch or a `Time reference' (see below).
+
+Modification times in ustar header blocks of global extended
+headers are set to the time when tar was invoked.
+
+This can be overridden by the
+
+  --pax-opion='globexthdr.mtime=STRING'
+
+command line option.  The STRING is either number of seconds since
+the Epoch or a `Time reference' (see below).
+
+* Time references in --pax-option argument.
+
+Any value from the --pax-option argument that is enclosed in a pair
+of curly braces represents a time reference.  The string between the
+braces is understood either as a textual time representation, as described in
+chapter 7, "Date input formats", of the Tar manual, or as a name of
+an existing file, starting with `/' or `.'.  In the latter
+case, it is replaced with the modification time of that file.
+
+* Environment of --to-command script.
+
+The environment passed to the --to-command script is extended with
+the following variables:
+
+   TAR_VERSION          GNU tar version number
+   TAR_ARCHIVE          The name of the archive
+   TAR_VOLUME           Ordinal number of the volume
+   TAR_FORMAT           Format of the archive
+   TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR  Current blocking factor
+
+* Bugfixes
+** Fix handling of hard link targets by -c --transform.
+** Fix hard links recognition with -c --remove-files.
+** Fix restoring files from backup (debian bug #508199).
+** Correctly restore modes and permissions on existing directories.
+** The --remove-files option removes files only if they were
+succesfully stored in the archive.
+** Fix storing and listing of the volume labels in POSIX format.
+** Improve algorithm for splitting long file names (ustar
+format).
+** Fix possible memory overflow in the rmt client code (CVE-2010-0624).
+
+
+version 1.22 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2009-03-05
+
+* Support for xz compression
+
+Tar uses xz for compression if one of the following conditions is met:
+
+ 1. The option --xz or -J (see below) is used.
+ 2. The xz binary is set as compressor using --use-compress-program option.
+ 3. The file name of the archive being created ends in `.xz' and
+ auto-compress option (-a) is used.
+
+Xz is used for decompression if one of the following conditions is met:
+
+ 1. The option --xz or -J is used.
+ 2. The xz binary is set as compressor using --use-compress-program option.
+ 3. The file is recognized as xz compressed stream data.
+
+* Short option -J reassigned as a short equivalent of --xz
+
+* New option -I
+
+The -I option is assigned as a short equivalent for
+--use-compress-program.
+
+* The --no-recursive option works in incremental mode.
+
+
+version 1.21 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2008-12-27
+
+* New short option -J
+
+A shortcut for --lzma.
+
+* New option --lzop
+
+* New option --no-auto-compress
+
+Cancels the effect of previous --auto-compress (-a) option.
+
+* New option --no-null
+
+Cancels the effect of previous --null option.
+
+* Compressed format recognition
+
+If tar is unable to determine archive compression format, it falls
+back to using archive suffix to determine it.
+
+* VCS support.
+
+Using --exclude-vcs handles also files used internally by Bazaar,
+Mercurial and Darcs.
+
+* Transformation scope flags
+
+Name transformation expressions understand additional flags that
+control type of archive members affected by them.  The flags are:
+
+ - r
+   Apply transformation to regular archive members.
+
+ - s
+   Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
+
+ - h
+   Apply transformation to hard link targets.
+
+Corresponding upper-case letters negate the meaning, so that
+`H' means ``do not apply transformation to hard link targets.''
+
+The scope flags are listed in the third part of an `s' expression,
+e.g.:
+
+   tar --transform 's|^|/usr/local/|S'
+
+Default is `rsh', which means that transformations are applied to
+both regular archive members and to the targets of symbolic and hard
+links.  If several transform expressions are used, the default flags
+can be changed using `flags=' statement before the expressions, e.g.:
+
+   tar --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|S'
+
+* Bugfixes
+
+** The --null option disabled handling of tar options in list files.  This
+is fixed.
+** Fixed record size autodetection.  If the detected record size differs from
+the expected value (either default one, or the one set from the
+command line), tar always prints a warning if verbosity level is set
+to 1 or greater, i.e. if either -t or -v option is given.
+
+
+
+version 1.20 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2008-04-14
+
+* New option --auto-compress (-a)
+
+With --create, selects compression algorithm basing on the suffix
+of the archive file name.
+
+* New option --lzma
+
+Selects LZMA compression algorithm
+
+* New option --hard-dereference
+
+During archive creation, dereferences hard links and stores the files
+they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members (type '1').
+
+* New option --checkpoint-action
+
+This action allows to specify an action to be executed upon hitting a
+checkpoint.  Recognized actions are: dot, echo (the default),
+echo=string, ttyout=string, exec=cmdline, and sleep=value.  Any number
+of `--checkpoint-action' options can be specified, the actions will be
+executed in order of their appearance in the command line.  See
+chapter 3.8 "Checkpoints" for a complete description.
+
+* New options --no-check-device, --check-device.
+
+The `--no-check-device' option disables comparing device numbers during
+preparatory stage of an incremental dump.  This allows to avoid
+creating full dumps if the device numbers change (e.g. when using an
+LVM snapshot).
+
+The `--check-device' option enables comparing device numbers.  This is
+the default.  This option is provided to undo the effect of the previous
+`--no-check-device' option, e.g. if it was set in TAR_OPTIONS
+environment variable.
+
+* The --transform option.
+
+Any number of `--transform' options can be given in the command line.
+The specified transformations will be applied in turn.
+
+The argument to `--transform' option can be a list of replace
+expressions, separated by a semicolon (as in `sed').
+
+Filename transformations are applied to symbolic link targets
+during both creation and extraction.  Tar 1.19 used them only
+during extraction.
+
+For a detailed description, see chapter 6.7 "Modifying File and Member
+Names".
+
+* Info (end-of-volume) scripts
+
+The value of the blocking factor is made available to info and
+checkpoint scripts via environment variable TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR.
+
+* Incremental archives
+
+Improved (sped up) extracting from incremental archives.
+
+* Bugfixes.
+** Fix bug introduced in version 1.19: tar refused to update non-existing
+archives.
+
+
+version 1.19 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2007-10-10
+
+* New option --exclude-vcs
+
+Excludes directories and files, created by several widely used version
+control systems, e.g. "CVS/", ".svn/", etc.
+
+* --exclude-tag and --exclude-cache options
+
+The following options now work with incremental archives as well:
+
+  --exclude-caches
+  --exclude-caches-all
+  --exclude-tag
+  --exclude-tag-all
+  --exclude-tag-under
+
+* Fix handling of renamed files in listed incremental archives.
+
+Previous versions always stored absolute file names in rename
+records, even if -P was not used. This is fixed: rename records
+contain file names processed in accordance with the command line
+settings.
+
+* Fix --version output.
+
+* Recognition of broken archives.
+
+When supplied an archive smaller than 512 bytes in reading mode (-x,
+-t), the previous version of tar silently ignored it, exiting with
+code 0.  It is fixed.  Tar now issues the following diagnostic message:
+'This does not look like a tar archive', and exits with code 2.
+
+* Fix double-dot recognition in archive member names in case of duplicate '/.'.
+
+* Fix file padding in case of truncation of the input file to zero size.
+
+
+version 1.18 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2007-06-29
+
+* Licensed under the GPLv3
+
+* Fixed several bugs in the testsuite
+
+
+version 1.17 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2007-06-08
+
+* Fix archivation of sparse files in posix mode.  Previous versions padded
+  sparse members with spurious zero blocks.
+
+* Fix operation of --verify --listed-incremental.  Version 1.16.1 produced
+  a full dump when both options were given.
+
+* Fix --occurrence.  In previous versions it continued scanning the archive
+  even though all requested members has already been extracted.
+
+* Scope of --transform and --strip-components options.
+
+In addition to affecting regular archive members, the --transform
+option affects hard and soft link targets and the --strip-components
+option affects hard link targets as well.
+
+* End-of-volume script can send the new volume name to tar by writing
+  it to the file descriptor stored in the environment variable `TAR_FD'.
+
+
+version 1.16.1 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2006-12-09
+
+* New option --exclude-tag allows to specify "exclusion tag files", i.e.
+  files whose presence in a directory means that the directory should not
   be archived.
 
 * The --exclude-cache option excludes directories that contain the
   CACHEDIR.TAG file from being archived.  Previous versions excluded
   directory contents only, while the directories themselves were
-  still added to the archive. 
+  still added to the archive.
 
 * Support for reading ustar type 'N' header logical records has been removed.
   This GNU extension was generated only by very old versions of GNU 'tar'.
@@ -24,7 +450,7 @@ version 1.16.1
   files extracted by 'tar -x --same-owner' (or plain 'tar -x', when
   running as root) to be accessed by users that they shouldn't have been.
 
-  
+
 version 1.16 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2006-10-21
 
 * After creating an archive, tar exits with code 1 if some files were
@@ -208,7 +634,7 @@ Consequently, the file pointer was set off and the next member
 was not processed correctly.
 ** Previous version created invalid archives when files shrink
 during reading.
-** Compare mode (tar d) hanged when trying to compare file contents.
+** Compare mode (tar d) hung when trying to compare file contents.
 ** Previous versions in certain cases failed to restore directory
 modification times.
 ** When creating an archive, do not attempt to store files whose
@@ -865,13 +1291,13 @@ Versions 1.07 back to 1.00 by Jay Fenlason.
 
 
 Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003,
-2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of GNU tar.
 
 GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 any later version.
 
 GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -887,4 +1313,8 @@ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
 Local variables:
 mode: outline
 paragraph-separate: "[	]*$"
+eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+time-stamp-start: "changes. "
+time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+time-stamp-end: "\n"
 end:

PORTS

@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-Ports of GNU tar and other tars		
-See the end of file for copying conditions.
-
-* Introduction
-
-  Most entries in this file are out of date, unfortunately. Such
-  entries are marked with an `X'. Run grep '^\*\*[^X]' PORTS to
-  extract valid entries.
-  
-  Please write bug-tar@gnu.org if you are aware of various ports of GNU tar
-  to non-GNU and non-Unix systems not listed here, or for corrections.
-  Please provide the goal system, a complete and stable URL, the maintainer
-  name and address, the tar version used as a base, and your comments.
-
-* GNU/Linux and Unix
-
-** Star is a tape archiver similar to tar.
-    <http://www.fokus.gmd.de/research/cc/glone/employees/joerg.schilling/private/star.html>
-
-* Amiga
-
-**X ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/systems/amiga/aminet/util/arc/GNUtar-1.11.8.lha
-    maintained by Enrico Forestieri <enrico@com.unipr.it>
-    Based on tar 1.11.8.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.ninemoons.com/pub/ade/current/amiga-bin/tar-1.11.8-bin.lha
-    maintained by the ADE group <fnf@fishpond.ninemoons.com>
-    Based on tar 1.11.8, needs ixemul.library.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/systems/amiga/aminet/util/arc/gnutar.lha
-    maintained by <mscheler@wuarchive.wustl.edu>
-
-* DEC alpha (NT)
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
-    maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
-
-* DEC VAX (VMS)
-
-**X http://www.lp.se/free/vmstar/
-    maintained by Richard Levitte <levitte@lp.se>
-    This is not GNU tar, but a separate implementation.
-
-**  maintained by William Bader <william@nscs.fast.net>
-    For V4.7.  Based on an old PDtar.  Requires compatible shared libraries
-    to run V5 or V6 executables.
-
-* IBM/PC (DV/X)
-
-**X ftp://qdeck.com/ (?)
-    maintained by David Ronis <ronis@gibbs.chem.mcgill.ca>
-    For Desqview/X.  Everything works besides compression.  Copy of hacked
-    sources available, some of DV/X's programmer's library also needed.
-
-* IBM/PC (MSDOS)
-
-**X http://www.simtel.net/simtel.net/
-    http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/platforms/pc/gnuish (Germany)
-    ftp://ftp.simtel.net/simtelnet/gnu
-    ftp://ftp.leo.org/pub/comp/platforms/pc/gnuish
-    maintained by Darrel Hankerson <hankedr@mail.auburn.edu>
-    You get many GNU tools, not only `tar'.  The GNUish project is described
-    in `gnuish_t.htm'.
-
-** The DJGPP development tools also include some `tar' utilities.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.mcs.com/mcsnet.users/les/dos-gnutar/
-    maintained by Leslie Mikesell <les@mcs.net>
-    Based on tar 1.11.2.  Support for SCSI (via ASPI) and network (rsh over
-    packet driver). No support for win95 long file names.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.wu-wien.ac.at/pub/src/PCmisc/aspi-tar/*
-    maintained by Christoph Splittgerber <chris@orion.sdata.de>
-    Based on tar 1.10.  Support for SCSI (via ASPI).
-
-**X ftp://wuarchive (?)
-    Several DOS version based on PDtar.  John Gilmore <gnu@toad.com> says
-    he has copies of several vintages saved.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.exe
-    ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.taz
-    ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.zip
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.4/os2/archiver/tar.zip
-    Based on PDtar.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
-    maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
-    GNU tar for NT (intel and Alpha platforms).
-
-** ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
-    maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
-    The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
-
-**X http://people.darmstadt.netsurf.de/tst/tar.htm
-    maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
-    This is not a `tar' port, but an index of them.
-
-* IBM/PC (OS/2)
-
-**X http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/os/os2/leo/gnu/archiver/gtar254.zip
-    http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/os/os2/leo/gnu/archiver/gtak254.zip
-    maintained by Andreas Kaiser <Andreas.Kaiser@stuttgart.netsurf.de>
-    Version 2.54.  Based on tar 1.10.  The second archive contains SCSI
-    drivers (DAT streamers notably) and rmt-type programs.
-
-* IBM/PC (Win32: Windows 95, NT 3.5 or NT 4.0)
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cygnus.com:~ftp/pub/sac/win32/usersrc/*
-    maintained by Cygnus
-    GNU-Win32 B17.1 distribution.  Download all files, `cat' them together,
-    and `untar' the result.  You get many GNU tools, not only `tar'.
-    Based on tar 1.11.2.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
-    maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
-    GNU tar for NT (intel and Alpha platforms).
-
-** ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
-    maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
-    The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
-
-* IBM/PC (Windows 3.1)
-
-**X ftp://ftp.mcs.com/mcsnet.users/les/win-gnutar/
-    maintained by Leslie Mikesell <les@mcs.net>
-    Support for network (rsh over winsock).  No support for win95 long
-    file names.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.gamesdomain.ru/.1/os/windows/programr/tar.zip
-    Based on GNU tar 1.11.2.
-
-* Macintosh
-
-** Paulo Abreu (paulotex at yahoo dot com) did a
-   limited port of GNU tar to Darwin, with support for resource forks
-   and finder info, but this no longer seems to be available.
-
-** There is a tar in Stuffit Expander which is available many places and
-   comes with MacOS.  It creates some spurious files but works on average.
-
-** There is an excellent GNU tar bundled in Tenon MachTen, but it does not
-   seem to be available separately.
-
-
-* Copyright notice
-
-  Copyright (C) 1999, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-  This file is part of GNU tar.
-
-  GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-  any later version.
-
-  GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with GNU tar; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-  Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-
-Local Variables:
-mode: outline
-paragraph-separate: "[	]*$"
-version-control: never
-End:
-  

README

@@ -180,19 +180,19 @@ the `lchown' call will be used if available, but that's all.
 GNU `tar' is able to create archive in the following formats:
 
   *** The format of UNIX version 7
-  *** POSIX.1-1988 format, also known as "ustar format" 
+  *** POSIX.1-1988 format, also known as "ustar format"
   *** POSIX.1-2001 format, also known as "pax format"
   *** Old GNU format (described below)
 
 In addition to those, GNU `tar' is also able to read archives
-produced by `star' archiver.  
+produced by `star' archiver.
 
 A so called `Old GNU' format is based on an early draft of the
 POSIX 1003.1 `ustar' standard which is different from the final
 standard. It defines its extensions (such as incremental backups
 and handling of the long file names) in a way incompatible with
 any existing tar archive format, therefore the use of old GNU
-format is strongly discouraged. 
+format is strongly discouraged.
 
 Please read the file NEWS for more information about POSIX compliance
 and new `tar' features.
@@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ and share your findings by writing to <bug-tar@gnu.org>.
 * Copying
 
 	Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-	2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+	2001, 2003, 2004, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 	This file is part of GNU tar.
 
 	GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-	the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+	the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 	any later version.
 
 	GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -248,4 +248,3 @@ mode: outline
 paragraph-separate: "[	]*$"
 version-control: never
 End:
-

README-alpha

@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ some other value.
 
 
 
-Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of GNU tar.
 
 GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 any later version.
 
 GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

README-cvs

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
--*- outline -*-
-
-These notes intend to help people working on the CVS version of
-this package.
-
-* Requirements
-
-Only the sources are installed in the CVS repository (to ease the
-maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to get the latest
-stable versions of the maintainer tools we depend upon, including:
-
-- Automake <http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/>
-- Autoconf <http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>
-- Bison <http://www.gnu.org/software/bison/>
-- Gettext <http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/>
-- Gzip <http://www.gnu.org/software/gzip/>
-- Tar <http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/>
-- Wget <http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/>
-
-As of this writing, the latest stable version of Gzip is 1.2.4 but we
-suggest using test version 1.3.5 (or later, if one becomes available).
-
-Valgrind <http://valgrind.org/> is also highly recommended, if
-Valgrind supports your architecture.
-
-Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful,
-later, a plain `cvs update -P && make' should be sufficient.
-
-* First CVS checkout
-
-Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to check out
-this package from CVS.  The next step is to get other files needed to
-build, which are extracted from other source packages:
-
-	$ ./bootstrap
-
-And there you are!  Just
-
-	$ ./configure
-	$ make
-	$ make check
-
-At this point, there should be no difference between your local copy,
-and the CVS master copy:
-
-	$ cvs diff
-
-should output no difference.
-
-Enjoy!
-
------
-
-Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-02110-1301, USA.

README-hacking

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+These notes intend to help people working on the Git version of
+this package.
+
+* Requirements
+
+You need the following packages to build the Git version of GNU
+tar.  We do not make any efforts to accommodate older versions of
+these packages, so please make sure that you have the latest stable
+version.
+
+- Automake <http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/>
+- Autoconf <http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>
+- M4 <http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
+- Texinfo <http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo>
+- Gnulib <http://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib>
+- Git <http://git.or.cz>
+
+* Bootstrapping
+
+Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to clone
+tar from Git. The next step is to get other files needed to build,
+which are extracted from other source packages:
+
+1. Change to the source tree directory
+
+   cd tar
+
+2. Run
+
+   ./bootstrap
+
+Once done, proceed as described in the file README (section
+INSTALLATION).
+
+Normally you will have to run bootstrap only once. However, if you
+intend to hack on GNU tar, you might need to run it again later. In
+this case, you will probably want to save some time and bandwidth by
+avoiding downloading the same files again. If so, create in GNU tar
+root directory the file named `.bootstrap' with the following
+contents:
+
+   --gnulib-srcdir=$HOME/gnulib
+
+Replace `$HOME/gnulib' with the actual directory where the Gnulib
+sources reside.
+
+For more information about `bootstrap', run `bootstrap --help'.
+
+
+* Copyright information
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
+ of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
+ copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
+ thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
+
+ Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
+ of this document, or of portions of it,
+ under the above conditions, provided also that they
+ carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
+
+^L
+Local Variables:
+mode: outline
+paragraph-separate: "[	^L]*$"
+version-control: never
+End:

THANKS

@@ -1,11 +1,6 @@
 GNU tar THANKS file
 
-Public domain tar was written by John Gilmore, with contributions
-from Henry Spencer, Fred Fish, Ian Darwin, Geoff Collyer, Stan Barber,
-Guy Harris, Dave Brower, Richard Todd, Michael Rendell, Stu Heiss and
-Rich $alz.  The FSF version, named GNU tar, was derived from PDTAR by
-Jay Fenlason and Joy Kendall, and was maintained in turn by François
-Pinard, Paul Eggert and Sergey Poznyakoff.
+Please see the AUTHORS file for the list of principal authors.
 
 Many people further contributed to GNU tar by reporting problems,
 suggesting various improvements or submitting actual code.  Here is a
@@ -75,6 +70,7 @@ Burkhard Plache		plache@krusty.optimax.ns.ca
 Calvin Cliff		cliff@trifid.astro.ucla.edu
 Cameron Elliott		cam@mvbms.mvbms.com
 Carl Streeter		streeter@cae.wisc.edu
+Carl Worth              cworth@cworth.org
 Carsten Heyl		heyl@nads.de
 Catrin Urbanneck	cur@gppc.de
 Cesar Romani		romani@ifm.uni-hamburg.de
@@ -107,9 +103,11 @@ Clinton Carr		clint@netcom.com
 Conrad Hughes		chughes@maths.tcd.ie
 Constantin Belous	const@cris.net
 Coranth Gryphon		gryphon@bur.visidyne.com
+Cyril Strejc		strejc@unicontrols.cz
 Dale R. Worley		worley@world.std.com
 Dale Wiles		wiles@geordi.calspan.com
 Dan Bloch		dan@transarc.com
+Dan Drake               dan@dandrake.org
 Dan Reish		dreish@izzy.net
 Daniel Hagerty		hag@gnu.org
 Daniel Quinlan		quinlan@pathname.com
@@ -135,6 +133,7 @@ David Steiner		dsteiner@ispa.uni-osnabrueck.de
 David Taylor		taylor@think.com
 Dean Gaudet		dgaudet@watdragon.uwaterloo.ca
 Demizu Noritoshi	nori-d@is.aist-nara.ac.jp
+Denis Excoffier         denis.excoffier@free.fr
 Denis Fortin		fortin@acm.org
 Dennis Pixton		dennis@math.binghamton.edu
 Dick Streefland		dicks@tasking.nl
@@ -150,12 +149,14 @@ Drew Sullivan		drew@sni.ca
 Drew Trieger		trieger@woodstock.abbott.com
 Dunstan Vavasour	dev@cegelecproj.co.uk
 Ed Childs		echilds@bgs.com
+Ed Leaver		ewleaver@comcast.net
 Edgar Taube		et@immd8.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
 Eduardo Kortright	eduardo@cs.ua.edu
 Eduardo V. de Rivas	eddie@asterion.com
 Edward Welbourne	eddy@gen.cam.ac.uk
 Elmar Heeb		heeb@itp.ethz.ch
 Elmer Fittery		elmerf@ptw.com
+Enric Hernandez 	ehernandez@notariado.org
 Eric Backus		ericb@lsid.hp.com
 Eric Benson		eb@amazon.com
 Eric Blake		ebb9@byu.net
@@ -222,10 +223,12 @@ Janne Snabb		snabb@niksula.hut.fi
 Jason R. Mastaler	jason@webmaster.net
 Jason Armistead		Jason.Armistead@otis.com
 Jay Fenlason		hack@gnu.org
+Jean-Louis Martineau    martineau@zmanda.com
 Jean-Michel Soenen	soenen@lectra.fr
-Jean-Ph. Martin-Flatin	syj@ecmwf.int
-Jean-loup Gailly	jloup@chorus.fr
+Jean-Loup Gailly	jloup@chorus.fr
 Jeff Moskow		jeff@rtr.com
+Jean-Ph. Martin-Flatin	syj@ecmwf.int
+Jean-Pierre Demailly	Jean-Pierre.Demailly@ujf-grenoble.fr
 Jeff Prothero		jsp@betz.biostr.washington.edu
 Jeff Siegel		js@hornet.att.com
 Jeff Sorensen		sorenj@alumni.rpi.edu
@@ -295,6 +298,7 @@ Konno Hiroharu		konno@pac.co.jp
 Kurt Jaeger		pi@lf.net
 Larry Creech		lcreech@lonestar.rcclub.org
 Larry Schwimmer		rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu
+Lasse Collin 		lasse.collin@tukaani.org
 Laurent Caillat-Vallet	caillat@noe.lyon.cemagref.fr
 Laurent Sainte-Marthe	smarthe@genethon.fr
 Leland Lucius		llucius@tiny.net
@@ -365,6 +369,7 @@ Olaf Schlueter		olaf@toppoint.de
 Olaf Wucknitz		owucknitz@hs.uni-hamburg.de
 Oliver Trepte		oliver@fysik4.kth.se
 Olivier Roussel		roussel@lifl.fr
+Ondřej Vašík		ovasik@redhat.com
 Oswald P. Backus IV	backus@lks.csi.com
 Pascal Meheut		pascal@cnam.cnam.fr
 Patrick Fulconis	fulco@sig.uvsq.fr
@@ -386,6 +391,7 @@ Peter Fox		fox@gec-mi-at.co.uk
 Peter Kutschera		peter@zditr1.arcs.ac.at
 Peter Seebach		seebs@taniemarie.solon.com
 Phil Hands		phil@hands.com
+Phil Proudman		phil@proudman51.freeserve.co.uk
 Philippe Defert		defert@cern.ch
 Piercarlo Grandi	piercarl@sabi.demon.co.uk
 Pierce Cantrell		cantrell@ee.tamu.edu

TODO

@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 Suggestions for improving GNU tar.
 
+* <45BEC0DB.8040903@unix-beratung.de>
+
 * Incorporate fixes from major distributions, e.g., Debian GNU/Linux.
 
 * Add support for restoring file time stamps to sub-second resolution,
@@ -10,10 +12,6 @@ Suggestions for improving GNU tar.
 
 * --append should bail out if the two archives are of different types.
 
-* Add support for GNU private keywords in POSIX 1003.1-2001 headers,
-so that the GNU extensions (--incremental, --label and
---multi-volume) may be used with POSIX archives.
-
 * Add support for a 'pax' command that conforms to POSIX 1003.1-2001.
   This would unify paxutils with tar.
 
@@ -47,13 +45,13 @@ so that the GNU extensions (--incremental, --label and
 
 * Copyright notice
 
-  Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+  Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
   This file is part of GNU tar.
 
   GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+  the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
   any later version.
 
   GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

acconfig.h

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/* Special definitions for GNU tar, processed by autoheader.
-   Copyright <20> 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Fran<61>ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1993.
-*/
-
-/* This is unconditionally defined for setting a GNU environment.  */
-#undef _GNU_SOURCE
-
-/* Define to a string giving the full name of the default archive file.  */
-#undef DEFAULT_ARCHIVE
-
-/* Define to a number giving the default blocking size for archives.  */
-#undef DEFAULT_BLOCKING
-
-/* Define to 1 if density may be indicated by [lmh] at end of device.  */
-#undef DENSITY_LETTER
-
-/* Define to a string giving the prefix of the default device, without the
-   part specifying the unit and density.  */
-#undef DEVICE_PREFIX
-
-/* Define to 1 if you lack a 3-argument version of open, and want to
-   emulate it with system calls you do have.  */
-#undef EMUL_OPEN3
-
-/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested.  */
-#undef ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
-#undef HAVE_CATGETS
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have getgrgid(3).  */
-#undef HAVE_GETGRGID
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have getpwuid(3).  */
-#undef HAVE_GETPWUID
-
-/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
-
-/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES.  */
-#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the valloc function.  */
-#undef HAVE_VALLOC
-
-/* Define to 1 if some rsh exists, or if you have <netdb.h>.  */
-#undef HAVE_RTAPELIB
-
-/* Define to 1 if mknod function is available.  */
-#undef HAVE_MKNOD
-
-/* Define to 1 if stpcpy function is available.  */
-#undef HAVE_STPCPY
-
-/* Define if `union wait' is the type of the first arg to wait functions.  */
-#undef HAVE_UNION_WAIT
-
-/* Define to 1 if utime.h exists and declares struct utimbuf.  */
-#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
-
-/* Define to mt_model (v.g., for DG/UX), else to mt_type.  */
-#undef MTIO_CHECK_FIELD
-
-/* Define to the name of the distribution.  */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Define to 1 if ANSI function prototypes are usable.  */
-#undef PROTOTYPES
-
-/* Define to the full path of your rsh, if any.  */
-#undef REMOTE_SHELL
-
-/* Path to directory containing system wide message catalog sources.  */
-#undef STD_INC_PATH
-
-/* Define to the version of the distribution.  */
-#undef VERSION
-
-/* Define to 1 if using the `glocale' package for message catalogs.  */
-#undef WITH_CATALOGS
-
-/* Define to 1 for better use of the debugging malloc library.  See
-   site ftp.antaire.com in antaire/src, file dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz.  */
-#undef WITH_DMALLOC
-
-/* Define to 1 if GNU regex should be used instead of GNU rx.  */
-#undef WITH_REGEX

acinclude.m4

@@ -1,425 +1,26 @@
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
-## Find how to suppress newlines with echo.  ##
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
+dnl Special Autoconf macros for GNU Tar         -*- autoconf -*-
+dnl Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl
+dnl GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+dnl any later version.
+dnl
+dnl GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
+dnl
+dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+dnl with GNU tar.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
-# Once this macro is called, you may output with no echo in a Makefile or
-# script using:  echo @ECHO_N@ "STRING_TO_OUTPUT@ECHO_C@".
-
-AC_DEFUN(fp_PROG_ECHO,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING(how to suppress newlines using echo)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl,
-[if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
-  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
-    fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=no
-  else
-    fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=option
-  fi
-else
-  fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=escape
-fi
-])
-AC_MSG_RESULT($fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl)
-case $fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl in
-  no) ECHO_N= ECHO_C= ;;
-  option) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ;;
-  escape) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ;;
-esac
-AC_SUBST(ECHO_N)dnl
-AC_SUBST(ECHO_C)dnl
-])
-
-## ------------------------------------------- ##
-## Check if --with-included-malloc was given.  ##
-## From Franc,ois Pinard                       ##
-## ------------------------------------------- ##
-
-# In 1992, Michael Bushnell (now Thomas Bushnell <thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu>)
-# devised a test for avoiding HP/UX malloc and using GNU malloc instead.
-# Bruno Haible <haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> recycled this
-# test for CLISP Common LISP and extended it to cover broken mallocs from
-# Sun and SGI.  I (<pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>) reworked it a little so
-# it is independent of config.guess, and overridable by the installer.
-
-# On IRIX 5.2, libc malloc is broken, but the -lmalloc one was usable.
-# So in my packages, I once unconditionally used -lmalloc if it existed.
-# This does not do anymore, because the -lmalloc malloc is broken on
-# Solaris 2.4 to 2.5.1 (alignment is 4 bytes instead of 8 bytes, as
-# reported by John Wells <john@bitsmart.com>).
-
-# Bruno also notes: "HP-UX has two different malloc() implementations.
-# Both are broken.  When used with CLISP, the one in the default libc.a
-# leads to a SIGSEGV, the one in libmalloc.a leads to a SIGBUS.  The SunOS
-# 4.1.1 malloc() breaks when used by CLISP's generational GC.  The IRIX
-# 5.2 malloc() breaks when used by CLISP's generational GC."
-
-# If the installer does not give a preference, we use the included GNU
-# malloc if we have the slightest doubt that malloc could be broken, this
-# includes cross compilation, and *all* HP/UX, SunOS or IRIX systems.
-# It is crude indeed, but I just do not have enough information for truly
-# benchmarking malloc in all cases, but want safe packages nevertheless.
-
-AC_DEFUN(fp_WITH_INCLUDED_MALLOC,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING(if included GNU malloc is wanted)
-AC_ARG_WITH(included-malloc,
-[  --with-included-malloc  use the GNU malloc which is included here], ,
-[if test $cross_compiling = yes; then
-  withval=yes
-else
-  case `uname -s 2> /dev/null` in
-    HP-UX | SunOS | IRIX* ) withval=yes ;;
-    *) withval=no ;;
-  esac
-fi])
-test "$withval" = yes && LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS gmalloc.o"
-AC_MSG_RESULT($withval)
-])
-
-## -------------------- ##
-## Macros from Ulrich.  ##
-## -------------------- ##
-
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-# serial 1
-
-dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
-dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
-[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
-[case "[$]$1" in
-  /*)
-  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
-      if [$3]; then
-	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
-	break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
-dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
-ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
-])dnl
-  ;;
-esac])dnl
-$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test -n "[$]$1"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)dnl
-])
-
-# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
-  [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
-      [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
-       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
-    if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
-    fi
-  fi])
-
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-    dnl Default is enabled NLS
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-
-    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
-        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
-	nls_cv_header_intl=
-	nls_cv_header_libgt=
-	CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
-	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
-	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
-		 [AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
-	   fi
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
-	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
-	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
-		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
-		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-		   DATADIRNAME=share],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
-		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
-		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	])
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
-	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
-	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
-	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
-
-	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
-	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
-	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
-	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
-	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
-	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
-	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
-	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
-		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
-		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
-		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
-		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
-		 fi
-		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
-		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
-		 DATADIRNAME=lib
-		 INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
-		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-	       fi])
-	  fi
-        fi
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
-	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
-	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
-        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-        DATADIRNAME=share
-	INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
-	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-      fi
-
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-	  XGETTEXT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # We need to process the po/ directory.
-      POSUB=po
-    else
-      DATADIRNAME=share
-      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-    fi
-
-    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
-    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      USE_NLS=yes
-      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
-    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
-    dnl in configure.in.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
-      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
-    done
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-  ])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT,
-  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
-unistd.h values.h])
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
-__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
-     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
-   fi
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
-   fi
-
-   AM_LC_MESSAGES
-   AM_WITH_NLS
-
-   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
-     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
-       LINGUAS=
-     else
-       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
-       NEW_LINGUAS=
-       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
-         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
-          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
-         esac
-       done
-       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
-       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
-     fi
-
-     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
-     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
-       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
-   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
-   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
-   test -d intl || mkdir intl
-   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
-     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
-
-     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
-     dnl cannot handle comments.
-     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
-   fi
-   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
-   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
-     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
-
-   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
-   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
-   dnl packages.
-   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
-     GT_NO="#NO#"
-     GT_YES=
-   else
-     GT_NO=
-     GT_YES="#YES#"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
-   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
-
-   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
-   dnl Try to locate is.
-   MKINSTALLDIRS=
-   if test $ac_aux_dir; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   if test -z $MKINSTALLDIRS; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
-   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
-   test -d po || mkdir po
-   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
-     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
-       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
-     else
-       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
-     fi
-   else
-     posrcprefix="../"
-   fi
-   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
-	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
-  ])
+AC_DEFUN([TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM],[
+ m4_pushdef([tar_compr_define],translit($1,[a-z+-],[A-ZX_])[_PROGRAM])
+ m4_pushdef([tar_compr_var],[tar_cv_compressor_]translit($1,[+-],[x_]))
+ AC_ARG_WITH($1,
+             AC_HELP_STRING([--with-]$1[=PROG],
+	                    [use PROG as ]$1[ compressor program]),
+             [tar_compr_var=${withval}],
+	     [tar_compr_var=m4_if($2,,$1,$2)])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(tar_compr_define, "$tar_compr_var",
+                    [Define to the program name of ]$1[ compressor program])])

bootstrap.conf

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-# Bootstrap configuration.
+# Bootstrap configuration for GNU tar.
 
-# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 # any later version.
 
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -17,13 +17,14 @@
 # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
 # 02110-1301, USA.
 
+source_base=gnu
+gnulib_name=libgnu
+gnulib_mk=Makefile.am
 
 # We don't need these modules, even though gnulib-tool mistakenly
 # includes them because of gettext dependencies.
 avoided_gnulib_modules='
 	--avoid=lock
-	--avoid=size_max
-	--avoid=xsize
 '
 
 # gnulib modules used by this package.
@@ -53,9 +54,21 @@ excluded_files='
     m4/lcmessage.m4
     m4/lock.m4
     m4/printf-posix.m4
-    m4/size_max.m4
     m4/uintmax_t.m4
     m4/ulonglong.m4
     m4/visibility.m4
-    m4/xsize.m4
 '
+
+# Read local configuration file
+if [ -r .bootstrap ]; then
+  echo "$0: Reading configuration file .bootstrap"
+  eval set -- "`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' .bootstrap | tr '\n' ' '` $*"
+fi
+
+test -d m4 || mkdir m4
+test -d $source_base || mkdir $source_base
+
+cat > ChangeLog <<EOT
+This file is a placeholder. It will be replaced with the actual ChangeLog
+by make dist.  Run make ChangeLog if you wish to create it earlier.
+EOT

configure.ac

@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
-# Configure template for GNU tar.
+# Configure template for GNU tar.  -*- autoconf -*-
 
 # Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free
+# Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 # any later version.
 
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -18,12 +19,15 @@
 # Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
 # 02110-1301, USA.
 
-AC_INIT([GNU tar], [1.16.1], [bug-tar@gnu.org])
+AC_INIT([GNU tar], [1.24], [bug-tar@gnu.org])
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/tar.c])
 AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
-AC_PREREQ([2.60])
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.9 gnits tar-ustar dist-bzip2 dist-shar std-options])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
+AC_PREREQ([2.63])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11 gnits tar-ustar dist-bzip2 dist-xz dist-shar std-options silent-rules])
+
+# Enable silent rules by default:
+AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
 
 AC_PROG_CC
 AC_EXEEXT
@@ -36,8 +40,8 @@ AC_ISC_POSIX
 AC_C_INLINE
 
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(fcntl.h linux/fd.h memory.h net/errno.h \
-  sgtty.h string.h stropts.h \
-  sys/param.h sys/device.h sys/filio.h sys/gentape.h \
+  sgtty.h string.h \
+  sys/param.h sys/device.h sys/gentape.h \
   sys/inet.h sys/io/trioctl.h \
   sys/mtio.h sys/time.h sys/tprintf.h sys/tape.h \
   unistd.h locale.h)
@@ -48,7 +52,6 @@ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/buf.h], [], [],
 #endif])
 
 AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
-AM_STDBOOL_H
 
 AC_HEADER_DIRENT
 AC_HEADER_MAJOR
@@ -87,7 +90,7 @@ gl_INIT
 # paxutils modules
 tar_PAXUTILS
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fsync getdtablesize lstat mkfifo readlink strerror symlink setlocale utimes)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([fchmod fchown fsync lstat mkfifo readlink symlink])
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([getgrgid],,, [#include <grp.h>])
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([getpwuid],,, [#include <pwd.h>])
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([time],,, [#include <time.h>])
@@ -122,6 +125,14 @@ else
     [Define to the full path of your rsh, if any.])
 fi
 
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(compress)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(gzip)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(bzip2)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzip)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzma)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzop)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(xz)
+
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default archive format)
 
 AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT],
@@ -241,6 +252,7 @@ fi
 
 AC_OUTPUT([Makefile\
            doc/Makefile\
+	   gnu/Makefile\
            lib/Makefile\
            po/Makefile.in\
            scripts/Makefile\

directory

@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ programs (using pipes); tar can even access remote devices or files
 %%contributors: Jay Fenlason,
  Joy Kendall,
  Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
- 
+
 %%source-tarball: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/tar/tar-1.15.1.tar.gz
 %%source-info: http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar
 
@@ -84,4 +84,3 @@ programs (using pipes); tar can even access remote devices or files
 %%bug-list: bug-tar@gnu.org bug-tar@gnu.org http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/bug-tar
 
 %%entry-written-by: Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org>
-

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-*.stamp
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-genfile.texi
-getdate.texi
-header.texi
-html_chapter
-html_mono
-html_node
-stamp-vti
-tar.at
-tar.ats
-tar.aux
-tar.cp
-tar.cps
-tar.dvi
-tar.ex
-tar.exs
-tar.fn
-tar.fns
-tar.html
-tar.info*
-tar.kw
-tar.kws
-tar.ky
-tar.log
-tar.op
-tar.ops
-tar.pdf
-tar.pg
-tar.pgs
-tar.ps
-tar.toc
-tar.tp
-tar.vr
-tar.vrs
-version.texi

doc/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+genfile.texi
+header.texi
+manual
+parse-datetime.texi
+stamp-vti
+tar.aux
+tar.cp
+tar.cps
+tar.fl
+tar.fn
+tar.info
+tar.info*
+tar.info-*
+tar.kw
+tar.ky
+tar.log
+tar.mt
+tar.op
+tar.pdf
+tar.pg
+tar.pr
+tar.t2d
+tar.toc
+tar.tp
+tar.vr
+version.texi

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # Makefile for GNU tar documentation.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2006 Free
-# Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2006,
+# 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 ## any later version.
 
 ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -20,18 +20,18 @@
 info_TEXINFOS = tar.texi
 tar_TEXINFOS = \
  dumpdir.texi\
+ tar-snapshot-edit.texi\
  fdl.texi\
  freemanuals.texi\
  genfile.texi\
- getdate.texi\
  header.texi\
  intern.texi\
+ parse-datetime.texi\
  rendition.texi\
  snapshot.texi\
  sparse.texi\
  value.texi
-EXTRA_DIST = gendocs_template mastermenu.el texify.sed
-DISTCLEANFILES=*.info* 
+EXTRA_DIST = gendocs_template mastermenu.el texify.sed untabify.el
 
 # The rendering level is anyone of PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF.
 # Just call `make RENDITION=PROOF [target]' if you want PROOF rendition.
@@ -46,27 +46,88 @@ header.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h
 master-menu: $(tar_TEXINFOS)
 	emacs -batch -l mastermenu.el -f make-master-menu $(info_TEXINFOS)
 
+untabify:
+	emacs -batch -l untabify.el $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS)
+
+final: untabify master-menu
+
+# Checking
+check-format:
+	@if test -n "`cat $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS) | tr -d -c '\t'`"; then \
+		echo "Sources contain tabs; run make untabify"; \
+		false; \
+	fi
+
 check-options:
-	@ARGP_HELP_FMT='usage-indent=0,short-opt-col=0,long-opt-col=0,\
-doc-opt-col=0,opt-doc-col=0,header-col=0,rmargin=1' \
+	@ARGP_HELP_FMT='usage-indent=0,short-opt-col=0,long-opt-col=0,doc-opt-col=0,opt-doc-col=0,header-col=0,rmargin=1' \
 	$(top_builddir)/src/tar --usage | \
 	sed -n 's/^\[--\([^]\=\[]*\).*/\1/p' | sort | uniq > opts.$$$$;\
 	$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) -E - \
             $(info_TEXINFOS) | \
 	sed -n '/^@macro/,/^@end macro/d;s/@opindex *\([^@,]*\).*/\1/p' \
 	     | sort | uniq > docs.$$$$;\
-	(echo 'Not documented options:';\
-	 join -v1 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$;\
-	 echo 'Non-existing options:';\
-	 join -v2 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$) > report.$$$$;\
-	 rm opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$;\
-	 if [ -n "`sed '1,2d' report.$$$$`" ]; then \
-	   cat report.$$$$;\
-	   rm report.$$$$;\
-	   exit 1;\
-	 fi;\
-	 rm report.$$$$
+	status=0;\
+	join -v1 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ > report.$$$$;\
+	if test -s report.$$$$; then \
+          echo 'Not documented options:'; \
+          cat report.$$$$; \
+          status=1; \
+        fi; \
+	join -v2 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ > report.$$$$;\
+	if test -s report.$$$$; then \
+	  echo 'Non-existing options:';\
+          cat report.$$$$; \
+          status=1; \
+        fi; \
+	rm opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ report.$$$$;\
+	test $$status -ne 0 && exit $$status
 
+check-refs:
+	@for file in $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS); \
+	do \
+	  sed -e = $$file | \
+           sed -n 'N;/@FIXME-.*ref/{s/\(^[0-9][0-9]*\).*@FIXME-.*ref{\([^}]*\).*/'$$file':\1: \2/gp}'; \
+	done > $@-t; \
+	if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
+	  echo "Unresolved cross-references:"; \
+	  cat $@-t;\
+	  rm $@-t; \
+	else \
+	  rm -f $@-t; \
+	fi
+
+check-fixmes:
+	@for file in $(info_TEXINFOS); \
+	do \
+	  sed -e = $$file | \
+           sed -n 'N;/@FIXME{/{s/\(^[0-9][0-9]*\).*@FIXME{\([^}]*\).*/'$$file':\1: \2/gp}'; \
+	done > $@-t; \
+	if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
+	  echo "Unresolved FIXMEs:"; \
+	  cat $@-t; \
+	  rm $@-t; \
+	  false; \
+	else \
+          rm -f $@-t; \
+	fi
+
+check-unrevised:
+	@grep -Hn @UNREVISED $(info_TEXINFOS) > $@-t; \
+	if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
+	  echo "Unrevised nodes:"; \
+	  cat $@-t; \
+	  rm $@-t; \
+	  false;\
+	else \
+          rm $@-t; \
+	fi
+
+all-check-docs: check-format check-options check-refs check-fixmes check-unrevised
+
+check-docs:
+	$(MAKE) -k all-check-docs
+
+#
 
 clean-local:
 	rm -rf manual
@@ -82,5 +143,4 @@ manual:
 	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$(top_srcdir)/build-tex:$(TEXINPUTS) \
 	 MAKEINFO="$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS)" \
 	 TEXI2DVI="$(TEXI2DVI) -t @finalout" \
-	$(GENDOCS) tar 'GNU tar manual'
-
+	$(GENDOCS) --texi2html tar 'GNU tar manual'

doc/dumpdir.texi

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the paxutils manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
 @c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
 @c published by the Free Software Foundation.
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ dumped directory in special data blocks called @dfn{dumpdirs}.
 @noindent
 where @var{C} is one of the @dfn{control codes} described below,
 @var{filename} is the name of the file @var{C} operates upon, and
-@samp{\0} represents a nul character (ASCII 0).  The white space 
+@samp{\0} represents a nul character (ASCII 0).  The white space
 characters were added for readability, real dumpdirs do not contain
 them.
 
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ changed since the last backup.
 
 @item R
 This code requests renaming of the @var{filename} to the name
-specified with the following @samp{T} command.
+specified with the @samp{T} command, that immediately follows it.
 
 @item T
 Specify target file name for @samp{R} command (see below).
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ directory}.  For example, consider the following scenario:
 @enumerate 1
 @item
 Previous run dumped a directory @file{foo} which contained the
-following three directories: 
+following three directories:
 
 @smallexample
 a
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ New incremental dump was made.
 @end enumerate
 
   This case cannot be handled by three successive renames, since
-renaming @file{a} to @file{b} will destroy existing directory.
-To handle such case a temporary directory is required. @GNUTAR{}
-will create the following dumpdir (newlines have been added for
-readability): 
+renaming @file{a} to @file{b} will destroy the existing directory.
+To correctly process it, @GNUTAR{} needs a temporary directory, so
+it creates the following dumpdir (newlines have been added for
+readability):
 
 @smallexample
 @group
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ work as usual, and, finally, the last command, @samp{R\0Tfoo/a\0}
 tells tar to rename the temporary directory to @file{foo/a}.
 
   The exact placement of a dumpdir in the archive depends on the
-archive format (@pxref{Formats}): 
+archive format (@pxref{Formats}):
 
 @itemize
 @item PAX archives

doc/fdl.texi

@@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
+@c The GNU Free Documentation License.
+@center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
 
-@node GNU Free Documentation License
-@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
-
-@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
-@center Version 1.2, November 2002
+@c This file is intended to be included within another document,
+@c hence no sectioning command or @node.
 
 @display
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@uref{http://fsf.org/}
 
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@@ -93,16 +92,16 @@ An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
 of text.  A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
 
 Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
-format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
-@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
-PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification.  Examples
-of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
-@acronym{JPG}.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
-read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
-@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
-not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
-PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
+format, SGML or XML using a publicly available
+DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML,
+PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.  Examples
+of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and
+JPG.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
+XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML,
+PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for
 output purposes only.
 
 The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
@@ -112,6 +111,9 @@ formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
 the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
 preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
 
+The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies
+of the Document to the public.
+
 A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
 title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
 text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
@@ -380,13 +382,30 @@ title.
 @item
 TERMINATION
 
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
+will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
+from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
+unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
+terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
+fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
+60 days after the cessation.
+
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
+not give you any rights to use it.
 
 @item
 FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
@@ -404,11 +423,46 @@ following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
 of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
 Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
 number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Document
+specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
+License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
+version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
+Document.
+
+@item
+RELICENSING
+
+``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any
+World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works.  A
+public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.  A
+``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the
+site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+site.
+
+``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+published by that same organization.
+
+``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+in part, as part of another Document.
+
+An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this
+License, and if all works that were first published under this License
+somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
+or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
+and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
+
+The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
+under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
+provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
 @end enumerate
 
 @page
-@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+@heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
 
 To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
 the License in the document and put the following copyright and
@@ -418,7 +472,7 @@ license notices just after the title page:
 @group
   Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
   or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
   with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
   Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
@@ -427,7 +481,7 @@ license notices just after the title page:
 @end smallexample
 
 If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
+replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.'' line with this:
 
 @smallexample
 @group

doc/gendocs_template

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
     "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<!-- $Id: gendocs_template,v 1.2 2005/05/15 03:59:09 eggert Exp $ -->
+<!-- $Id: gendocs_template,v 1.5 2007/10/30 14:58:52 gray Exp $ -->
 <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
 
 <head>
@@ -30,24 +30,41 @@
 	alt=" [image of the head of a GNU] "
 	width="129" height="122" />
 </a>
-<a href="/philosophy/gif.html">(no gifs due to patent problems)</a>
 </p>
 <hr />
 
-The manual for %%PACKAGE%% is available in the following formats:</p>
+<p>The manual for %%PACKAGE%% is available in the following formats:</p>
 
 <ul>
-  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html">HTML 
-      (%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%K characters)</a> - entirely on one web page.</li>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html">HTML
+      (%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%K bytes)</a> - entirely on one web page.</li>
   <li><a href="html_node/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
       node.</li>
+%%IF HTML_SECTION%%
+  <li><a href="html_section/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
+      section.</li>
+%%ENDIF HTML_SECTION%%
+%%IF HTML_CHAPTER%%
+  <li><a href="html_chapter/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
+      chapter.</li>
+%%ENDIF HTML_CHAPTER%%
   <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html.gz">HTML compressed
-      (%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%K gzipped characters)</a> - entirely on 
+      (%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%K gzipped characters)</a> - entirely on
       one web page.</li>
-  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%_html_node.tar.gz">HTML compressed
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_node.tar.gz">HTML compressed
       (%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
       with one web page per node.</li>
-  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%-info.tar.gz">Info document
+%%IF HTML_SECTION%%
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_section.tar.gz">HTML compressed
+      (%%HTML_SECTION_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
+      with one web page per section.</li>
+%%ENDIF HTML_SECTION%%
+%%IF HTML_CHAPTER%%
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_chapter.tar.gz">HTML compressed
+      (%%HTML_CHAPTER_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
+      with one web page per chapter.</li>
+%%ENDIF HTML_CHAPTER%%
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.info.tar.gz">Info document
       (%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped tar file)</a>.</li>
   <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.txt">ASCII text
       (%%ASCII_SIZE%%K characters)</a>.</li>
@@ -79,9 +96,9 @@ Return to the <a href="/home.html">GNU Project home page</a>.
 </p>
 
 <p>
-Please send FSF &amp; GNU inquiries to 
+Please send FSF &amp; GNU inquiries to
 <a href="mailto:gnu@gnu.org"><em>gnu@gnu.org</em></a>.
-There are also <a href="/home.html#ContactInfo">other ways to contact</a> 
+There are also <a href="/home.html#ContactInfo">other ways to contact</a>
 the FSF.
 <br />
 Please send broken links and other corrections (or suggestions) to
@@ -99,7 +116,7 @@ permitted in any medium, provided this notice is preserved.
 <p>
 Updated:
 <!-- timestamp start -->
-$Date: 2005/05/15 03:59:09 $ $Author: eggert $
+$Date: 2007/10/30 14:58:52 $ $Author: gray $
 <!-- timestamp end -->
 </p>
 </div>

doc/intern.texi

@@ -36,8 +36,6 @@ Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
 member name.  One way this situation can occur is if more than one
 version of a file has been stored in the archive.  For information
 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
-@FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
-same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
 
 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
@@ -96,7 +94,7 @@ The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
 
 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
-and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
+and three bits to specify the Set @acronym{UID}, Set @acronym{GID}, and Save Text
 (@dfn{sticky}) modes.  Values for these bits are defined above.
 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
@@ -107,12 +105,12 @@ should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
 
 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
-ID of the file owners, respectively.  If the operating system does
-not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
+@acronym{ID} of the file owners, respectively.  If the operating system does
+not support numeric user or group @acronym{ID}s, these fields should
+be ignored.
 
 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
-are archived with this field specified as zero.  @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
-particular the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.}
+are archived with this field specified as zero.
 
 The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
 the time it was archived.  It is the ASCII representation of the octal
@@ -258,7 +256,7 @@ The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
 the P1003 archive format.  If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
-If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
+If found, the user and group @acronym{ID}s are used rather than the values in
 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
 
 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
@@ -332,4 +330,3 @@ checksum error.
 @node Dumpdir
 @unnumberedsec Dumpdir
 @include dumpdir.texi
-

doc/mastermenu.el

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ;;; mastermenu.el --- Redefinition of texinfo-master-menu-list
 
-;; Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+;; Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 ;; Author: Sergey Poznyakoff
 ;; Maintainer: bug-tar@gnu.org
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 ;; This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 ;; any later version.
 
 ;; This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@
 ;; This file redefines texinfo-master-menu-list so that it takes into
 ;; account included files.
 
-;; Known bugs: @menu without previous sectioning command will inherit 
+;; Known bugs: @menu without previous sectioning command will inherit
 ;; documentation string from the previous menu. However, since such a
 ;; menu is illegal in a texinfo file, we can live with it.
 
-(require 'texinfo)  
+(require 'texinfo)
 (require 'texnfo-upd)
 
 (defun texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive (title)

doc/rendition.texi

@@ -72,19 +72,28 @@
 @ifset PROOF
 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
 @end ifset
+@ifclear PROOF
+@cite{\string\}
+@end ifclear
 @end macro
 
 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
 @ifset PROOF
-@strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
+See @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
 @end ifset
+@ifclear PROOF
+See @cite{\string\}
+@end ifclear
 
 @end macro
 
 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
 @ifset PROOF
-@strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
+See @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
 @end ifset
+@ifclear PROOF
+See @cite{\string\}
+@end ifclear
 @end macro
 
 @c End of rendition.texi

doc/snapshot.texi

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 @c This is part of the paxutils manual.
-@c Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 @c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
 @c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
 @c published by the Free Software Foundation.
@@ -9,27 +9,55 @@ incremental backups (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}).  It
 contains the status of the file system at the time of the dump and is
 used to determine which files were modified since the last backup.
 
-  @GNUTAR{} version @value{VERSION} supports two snapshot file
+  @GNUTAR{} version @value{VERSION} supports three snapshot file
 formats.  The first format, called @dfn{format 0}, is the one used by
 @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.15.1. The second format, called @dfn{format
 1} is an extended version of this format, that contains more metadata
-and allows for further extensions.
+and allows for further extensions. It was used by version
+1.15.1. Starting from version 1.16 and up to @value{VERSION}, the
+@dfn{format 2} is used.
 
+  @GNUTAR{} is able to read all three formats, but will create
+snapshots only in format 2.
+
+  This appendix describes all three formats in detail.
+
+@enumerate 0
+@cindex format 0, snapshot file
+@cindex snapshot file, format 0
+@item
   @samp{Format 0} snapshot file begins with a line containing a
-decimal number that represents the UNIX timestamp of the beginning of
-the last archivation. This line is followed by directory metadata
-descriptions, one per line. Each description has the following format:
+decimal number that represents a @acronym{UNIX} timestamp of the
+beginning of the last archivation. This line is followed by directory
+metadata descriptions, one per line. Each description has the
+following format:
 
 @smallexample
-[@var{nfs}]@var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
+@var{nfs}@var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
 @end smallexample
 
 @noindent
-where optional @var{nfs} is a single plus character (@samp{+}) if this
-directory is located on an NFS-mounted partition, @var{dev} and
-@var{inode} are the device and inode numbers of the directory, and
-@var{name} is the directory name.
+where:
 
+@table @var
+@item nfs
+A single plus character (@samp{+}), if this directory is located on
+an @acronym{NFS}-mounted partition, or a single space otherwise;
+
+@item dev
+Device number of the directory;
+
+@item inode
+I-node number of the directory;
+
+@item name
+Name of the directory. Any special characters (white-space,
+backslashes, etc.) are quoted.
+@end table
+
+@cindex format 1, snapshot file
+@cindex snapshot file, format 1
+@item
   @samp{Format 1} snapshot file begins with a line specifying the
 format of the file. This line has the following structure:
 
@@ -38,29 +66,74 @@ format of the file. This line has the following structure:
 @end smallexample
 
 @noindent
-where @var{tar-version} is the version of @GNUTAR{} implementation
-that created this snapshot, and @var{incr-format-version} is the
-version number of the snapshot format (in this case @samp{1}).
+where @var{tar-version} is the version number of @GNUTAR{}
+implementation that created this snapshot, and
+@var{incr-format-version} is the version number of the snapshot format
+(in this case @samp{1}).
 
-  The following line contains two decimal numbers, representing the
+  Next line contains two decimal numbers, representing the
 time of the last backup. First number is the number of seconds, the
 second one is the number of nanoseconds, since the beginning of the
 epoch.
 
-  Following lines contain directory metadata, one line per
-directory. The line format is:
+  Lines that follow contain directory metadata, one line per
+directory. Each line is formatted as follows:
 
 @smallexample
 [@var{nfs}]@var{mtime-sec} @var{mtime-nsec} @var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
 @end smallexample
 
 @noindent
-where @var{mtime-sec} and @var{mtime-nsec} represent the last
+where @var{mtime-sec} and @var{mtime-nsec} represent last
 modification time of this directory with nanosecond precision;
 @var{nfs}, @var{dev}, @var{inode} and @var{name} have the same meaning
 as with @samp{format 0}.
 
+@cindex format 2, snapshot file
+@cindex snapshot file, format 2
+@FIXME{}
+@item
+  @samp{Format 2} snapshot file begins with a format identifier, as described for
+version 1, e.g.:
+
+@smallexample
+GNU tar-@value{VERSION}-2
+@end smallexample
+
+  This line is followed by newline. Rest of file consists of
+records, separated by null (@acronym{ASCII} 0)
+characters. Thus, in contrast to the previous formats, format 2
+snapshot is a binary file.
+
+  First two records are decimal numbers, representing the
+time of the last backup.  First number is the number of seconds, the
+second one is the number of nanoseconds, since the beginning of the
+epoch.  These are followed by arbitrary number of directory records.
+
+  Each @dfn{directory record} contains a set of metadata describing a
+particular directory.  Parts of a directory record are delimited with
+@acronym{ASCII} 0 characters.  The following table describes each
+part.  The @dfn{Number} type in this table stands for a decimal number
+in @acronym{ASCII} notation.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.2 0.6
+@headitem Field @tab Type @tab Description
+@item nfs @tab Character @tab @samp{1} if the directory is located on
+an @acronym{NFS}-mounted partition, or @samp{0} otherwise;
+@item mtime-sec @tab Number @tab Modification time, seconds;
+@item mtime-nano @tab Number @tab Modification time, nanoseconds;
+@item dev-no @tab Number @tab Device number;
+@item i-no @tab Number @tab I-node number;
+@item name @tab String @tab Directory name; in contrast to the
+previous versions it is not quoted;
+@item contents @tab Dumpdir @tab Contents of the directory;
+@xref{Dumpdir}, for a description of its format.
+@item
+@end multitable
+
+  Dumpdirs stored in snapshot files contain only records of types
+@samp{Y}, @samp{N} and @samp{D}.
+
+@end enumerate
 
 @c End of snapshot.texi
-
-  

doc/sparse.texi

@@ -14,12 +14,12 @@ The support for sparse files in @GNUTAR{} has a long history.  The
 earliest version featuring this support that I was able to find was 1.09,
 released in November, 1990.  The format introduced back then is called
 @dfn{old GNU} sparse format and in spite of the fact that its design
-contained many flaws, it was the only format @GNUTAR{} supported 
+contained many flaws, it was the only format @GNUTAR{} supported
 until version 1.14 (May, 2004), which introduced initial support for
 sparse archives in @acronym{PAX} archives (@pxref{posix}).  This
-format was not free from design flows, either and it was subsequently
+format was not free from design flaws, either and it was subsequently
 improved in versions 1.15.2 (November, 2005) and 1.15.92 (June,
-2006). 
+2006).
 
 In addition to GNU sparse format, @GNUTAR{} is able to read and
 extract sparse files archived by @command{star}.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The following subsections describe each format in detail.
 
 @cindex sparse formats, Old GNU
 @cindex Old GNU sparse format
-The format introduced some time around 1990 (v. 1.09).  It was
+The format introduced in November 1990 (v. 1.09) was
 designed on top of standard @code{ustar} headers in such an
 unfortunate way that some of its fields overwrote fields required by
 POSIX.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ extension sparse header follows, @code{0} otherwise.
 @end multitable
 
 Each of @code{sparse_header} object at offset 386 describes a single
-data chunk. It has the following structure: 
+data chunk. It has the following structure:
 
 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.60
 @headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Data type   @tab Contents
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ the following structure:
 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.40
 @headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Name   @tab Data type   @tab Contents
 @item          0 @tab   21 @tab sp     @tab @code{sparse_header} @tab
-(21 entires) File map.
+(21 entries) File map.
 @item        504 @tab    1 @tab isextended @tab Bool    @tab @code{1} if an
 extension sparse header follows, or @code{0} otherwise.
 @end multitable
@@ -97,19 +97,19 @@ versions 1.14--1.15.1.  The sparse file map is kept in extended
 @table @code
 @vrindex GNU.sparse.size, extended header variable
 @item GNU.sparse.size
-Real size of the stored file
+Real size of the stored file;
 
 @item GNU.sparse.numblocks
 @vrindex GNU.sparse.numblocks, extended header variable
-Number of blocks in the sparse map
+Number of blocks in the sparse map;
 
 @item GNU.sparse.offset
 @vrindex GNU.sparse.offset, extended header variable
-Offset of the data block
+Offset of the data block;
 
 @item GNU.sparse.numbytes
 @vrindex GNU.sparse.numbytes, extended header variable
-Size of the data block
+Size of the data block.
 @end table
 
 The latter two variables repeat for each data block, so the overall
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ structure is like this:
 
 @smallexample
 @group
-GNU.sparse.size=@var{size}      
-GNU.sparse.numblocks=@var{numblocks} 
+GNU.sparse.size=@var{size}
+GNU.sparse.numblocks=@var{numblocks}
 repeat @var{numblocks} times
-  GNU.sparse.offset=@var{offset}    
-  GNU.sparse.numbytes=@var{numbytes}  
+  GNU.sparse.offset=@var{offset}
+  GNU.sparse.numbytes=@var{numbytes}
 end repeat
 @end group
 @end smallexample
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ meaningful.  Thus, multiple occurrences of @code{GNU.sparse.offset} and
 @code{GNU.sparse.numbytes} are conflicting with the POSIX specs.
 
 @item
-Attempting to extract such archives using a third-party @command{tar}s
-results in extraction of sparse files in @emph{compressed form}.  If
+Attempting to extract such archives using a third-party's @command{tar}
+results in extraction of sparse files in @emph{condensed form}.  If
 the @command{tar} implementation in question does not support POSIX
 format, it will also extract a file containing extension header
 attributes.  This file can be used to expand the file to its original
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ it uses a single variable:
 @item GNU.sparse.map
 @vrindex GNU.sparse.map, extended header variable
 Map of non-null data chunks.  It is a string consisting of
-comma-separated values "@var{offset},@var{size}[,@var{offset-1},@var{size-1}...]" 
+comma-separated values "@var{offset},@var{size}[,@var{offset-1},@var{size-1}...]"
 @end table
 
 To address the 2nd problem, the @code{name} field in @code{ustar}
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ restore such members using non-GNU @command{tar}s.
 
 The resulting @code{GNU.sparse.map} string can be @emph{very} long.
 Although POSIX does not impose any limit on the length of a @code{x}
-header variable, this possibly can confuse some tars.
+header variable, this possibly can confuse some @command{tar}s.
 
 @node PAX 1
 @appendixsubsec PAX Format, Version 1.0
@@ -218,18 +218,17 @@ The real name of the sparse file is stored in the variable
 variable @code{GNU.sparse.realsize}.
 
 The sparse map itself is stored in the file data block, preceding the actual
-file data.  It consists of a series of octal numbers of arbitrary length, delimited 
+file data.  It consists of a series of octal numbers of arbitrary length, delimited
 by newlines. The map is padded with nulls to the nearest block boundary.
 
 The first number gives the number of entries in the map. Following are map entries,
 each one consisting of two numbers giving the offset and size of the
 data block it describes.
 
-The format is designed in such a way that non-posix aware tars and tars not
+The format is designed in such a way that non-posix aware @command{tar}s and @command{tar}s not
 supporting @code{GNU.sparse.*} keywords will extract each sparse file
 in its condensed form with the file map prepended and will place it
 into a separate directory.  Then, using a simple program it would be
 possible to expand the file to its original form even without @GNUTAR{}.
 @xref{Sparse Recovery}, for the detailed information on how to extract
 sparse members without @GNUTAR{}.
- 

doc/tar-snapshot-edit.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
+@c Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
+@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+@cindex Device numbers, changing
+@cindex snapshot files, editing
+@cindex snapshot files, fixing device numbers
+  Sometimes device numbers can change after upgrading your kernel
+version or reconfiguring the hardware.  Reportedly this is the case with
+some newer @i{Linux} kernels, when using @acronym{LVM}.  In majority of
+cases this change is unnoticed by the users.  However, it influences
+@command{tar} incremental backups: the device number is stored in tar
+snapshot files (@pxref{Snapshot Files}) and is used to determine whether
+the file has changed since the last backup.  If the device numbers
+change for some reason, the next backup you run will be a full backup.
+
+@pindex tar-snapshot-edit
+  To minimize the impact in these cases, GNU @command{tar} comes with
+the @command{tar-snapshot-edit} utility for inspecting and updating
+device numbers in snapshot files.  The utility, written by
+Dustin J.@: Mitchell, is available from
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tar-snapshot-edit.html,
+@GNUTAR{} home page}.
+
+  To obtain the device numbers used in the snapshot file, run
+
+@smallexample
+$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit @var{snapfile}}
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where @var{snapfile} is the name of the snapshot file (you can supply as many
+files as you wish in a single command line).
+
+To update all occurrences of the given device number in the file, use
+@option{-r} option.  It takes a single argument of the form
+@samp{@var{olddev}-@var{newdev}},  where @var{olddev} is the device number
+used in the snapshot file, and @var{newdev} is the corresponding new device
+number.  Both numbers may be specified in hex (e.g., @samp{0xfe01}),
+decimal (e.g., @samp{65025}), or as a major:minor number pair (e.g.,
+@samp{254:1}).  To change several device numbers at once, specify them
+in a single comma-separated list, as in
+@option{-r 0x3060-0x4500,0x307-0x4600}.
+
+Before updating the snapshot file, it is a good idea to create a backup
+copy of it.  This is accomplished by @samp{-b} option.  The name of the
+backup file is obtained by appending @samp{~} to the original file name.
+
+An example session:
+@smallexample
+$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit /var/backup/snap.a}
+file version 2
+/tmp/snap: Device 0x0306 occurs 634 times.
+$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit -b -r 0x0306-0x4500 /var/backup/snap.a}
+file version 2
+@end smallexample

doc/texify.sed

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-# Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at
 # your option) any later version.
 #
 # GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but

doc/untabify.el

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+;;;; Untabify the sources.
+;;;; Usage: emacs -batch -l untabify.el [file ...]
+
+(defun global-untabify (buflist)
+  (mapcar
+   (lambda (bufname)
+     (set-buffer (find-file bufname))
+     (untabify (point-min) (point-max))
+     (save-buffer)
+     (kill-buffer (current-buffer)))
+   buflist))
+
+(global-untabify command-line-args-left)

doc/value.texi

@@ -18,5 +18,3 @@
 @end ifclear
 @xopindex{\option\, summary}
 @end macro
-
-

gnulib.modules

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 alloca
 argmatch
 argp
+argp-version-etc
 backupfile
 closeout
 configmake
@@ -11,47 +12,59 @@ dirname
 error
 exclude
 exitfail
+fdopendir
+fdutimensat
 fileblocks
 fnmatch-gnu
-ftruncate
+fseeko
 full-write
-getdate
+futimens
 getline
-getopt
+getopt-gnu
 getpagesize
 gettext
 gettime
+gitlog-to-changelog
 hash
 human
+inttostr
 inttypes
 lchown
+linkat
 localcharset
-memset
 mkdtemp
+mkfifoat
 modechange
 obstack
+openat
+parse-datetime
+priv-set
+progname
 quote
 quotearg
-rmdir
+readlinkat
+renameat
 rpmatch
 safe-read
-save-cwd
 savedir
 setenv
+snprintf
 stat-time
 stdbool
 stdint
 stpcpy
-strdup
+strdup-posix
+strerror
 strtol
 strtoul
+symlinkat
 timespec
 unlinkdir
 unlocked-io
-utime
-utimens
+utimensat
 version-etc-fsf
 xalloc
 xalloc-die
 xgetcwd
 xstrtoumax
+xvasprintf

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-.deps
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-__fpending.c
-__fpending.h
-alloca.c
-alloca.h
-alloca_.h
-allocsa.c
-allocsa.h
-allocsa.valgrind
-argmatch.c
-argmatch.h
-argp-ba.c
-argp-eexst.c
-argp-fmtstream.c
-argp-fmtstream.h
-argp-fs-xinl.c
-argp-help.c
-argp-namefrob.h
-argp-parse.c
-argp-pin.c
-argp-pv.c
-argp-pvh.c
-argp-xinl.c
-argp.h
-asnprintf.c
-at-func.c
-backupfile.c
-backupfile.h
-basename.c
-charset.alias
-chdir-long.c
-chdir-long.h
-chown.c
-close-stream.c
-close-stream.h
-closeout.c
-closeout.h
-config.charset
-configmake.h
-creat-safer.c
-dirname.c
-dirname.h
-dup-safer.c
-error.c
-error.h
-exclude.c
-exclude.h
-exit.h
-exitfail.c
-exitfail.h
-fchmodat.c
-fchown-stub.c
-fcntl--.h
-fcntl-safer.h
-fcntl.h
-fcntl_.h
-fd-safer.c
-fileblocks.c
-fnmatch.c
-fnmatch.h
-fnmatch_.h
-fnmatch_loop.c
-fstatat.c
-ftruncate.c
-full-write.c
-full-write.h
-getcwd.c
-getcwd.h
-getdate.c
-getdate.h
-getdate.y
-getdelim.c
-getdelim.h
-getline.c
-getline.h
-getopt.c
-getopt.h
-getopt1.c
-getopt_.h
-getopt_int.h
-getpagesize.h
-gettext.h
-gettime.c
-gettimeofday.c
-gnulib.mk
-hash.c
-hash.h
-human.c
-human.h
-imaxtostr.c
-intprops.h
-inttostr.c
-inttostr.h
-inttypes.h
-inttypes_.h
-lchown.c
-lchown.h
-localcharset.c
-localcharset.h
-localedir.h
-lstat.c
-lstat.h
-malloc.c
-mbchar.c
-mbchar.h
-mbuiter.h
-memchr.c
-mempcpy.c
-mempcpy.h
-memrchr.c
-memrchr.h
-memset.c
-minmax.h
-mkdirat.c
-mkdtemp.c
-mkdtemp.h
-mktime.c
-modechange.c
-modechange.h
-obstack.c
-obstack.h
-offtostr.c
-open-safer.c
-openat-die.c
-openat-priv.h
-openat-proc.c
-openat.c
-openat.h
-paxerror.c
-paxexit.c
-paxlib.h
-paxnames.c
-pipe-safer.c
-printf-args.c
-printf-args.h
-printf-parse.h
-quote.c
-quote.h
-quotearg.c
-quotearg.h
-ref-add.sed
-ref-add.sin
-ref-del.sed
-ref-del.sin
-regcomp.c
-regex.c
-regex.h
-regex_internal.c
-regex_internal.h
-regexec.c
-rmdir.c
-rmt.h
-rpmatch.c
-rtapelib.c
-safe-read.c
-safe-read.h
-safe-write.c
-safe-write.h
-same-inode.h
-save-cwd.c
-save-cwd.h
-savedir.c
-savedir.h
-setenv.c
-setenv.h
-size_max.h
-stat-macros.h
-stat-time.h
-stat_.h
-stdbool.h
-stdbool_.h
-stdint.h
-stdint_.h
-stpcpy.c
-stpcpy.h
-strcase.h
-strcasecmp.c
-strchrnul.c
-strchrnul.h
-strdup.c
-strdup.h
-stripslash.c
-strncasecmp.c
-strndup.c
-strndup.h
-strnlen.c
-strnlen.h
-strnlen1.c
-strnlen1.h
-strtoimax.c
-strtol.c
-strtoll.c
-strtoul.c
-strtoull.c
-strtoumax.c
-sysexit_.h
-sysexits.h
-system-ioctl.h
-system.h
-tempname.c
-tempname.h
-time_r.c
-time_r.h
-timespec.h
-uinttostr.c
-umaxtostr.c
-unistd--.h
-unistd-safer.h
-unlinkdir.c
-unlinkdir.h
-unlocked-io.h
-unsetenv.c
-utime.c
-utimens.c
-utimens.h
-vasnprintf.h
-verify.h
-version-etc-fsf.c
-version-etc.c
-version-etc.h
-vsnprintf.c
-vsnprintf.h
-wcwidth.h
-xalloc-die.c
-xalloc.h
-xgetcwd.c
-xgetcwd.h
-xmalloc.c
-xsize.h
-xstrndup.c
-xstrndup.h
-xstrtol.c
-xstrtol.h
-xstrtoul.c
-xstrtoumax.c

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # Makefile for GNU tar library.			-*- Makefile -*-
 
 # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004,
-# 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
 # (at your option) any later version.
 
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -17,25 +17,22 @@
 # with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 # 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
 
-include gnulib.mk
-
+noinst_LIBRARIES=libtar.a
 rmt-command.h : Makefile
-	rm -f $@-t $@
-	echo "#ifndef DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND" >> $@-t
-	echo "# define DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND \"$(DEFAULT_RMT_DIR)/`echo rmt | sed '$(transform)'`$(EXEEXT)\"" >> $@-t
-	echo "#endif" >> $@-t
-	mv $@-t $@
-BUILT_SOURCES += rmt-command.h
-CLEANFILES += rmt-command.h rmt-command.h-t
+	$(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@
+	$(AM_V_at)echo "#ifndef DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND" >> $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)echo "# define DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND \"$(DEFAULT_RMT_DIR)/`echo rmt | sed '$(transform)'`$(EXEEXT)\"" >> $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)echo "#endif" >> $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+BUILT_SOURCES = rmt-command.h
+CLEANFILES = rmt-command.h rmt-command.h-t
+INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/gnu -I../ -I../gnu
 
-noinst_HEADERS += system.h system-ioctl.h rmt.h paxlib.h stdopen.h
-libtar_a_SOURCES += \
+noinst_HEADERS = system.h system-ioctl.h rmt.h paxlib.h stdopen.h
+libtar_a_SOURCES = \
   paxerror.c paxexit.c paxlib.h paxnames.c \
   prepargs.c prepargs.h \
   rtapelib.c \
   rmt.h \
   stdopen.c stdopen.h \
   system.h system-ioctl.h
-
-libtar_a_LIBADD += $(LIBOBJS)
-libtar_a_DEPENDENCIES += $(LIBOBJS)

lib/alloca.c

@@ -1,508 +0,0 @@
-/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
-   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
-
-   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
-   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
-   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
-   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
-   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
-
-   There are some preprocessor constants that can
-   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
-   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
-
-   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
-   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
-   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
-   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
-   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
-
-   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
-   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
-   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef emacs
-# include "lisp.h"
-# include "blockinput.h"
-# define xalloc_die() memory_full ()
-# ifdef EMACS_FREE
-#  undef free
-#  define free EMACS_FREE
-# endif
-#else
-# include <xalloc.h>
-#endif
-
-/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
-#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
-
-/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
-   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-# ifndef alloca
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-#   ifdef static
-/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
-   in order to make unexec workable
-   */
-#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-you
-lose
--- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
-   old and obscure compilers.  */
-#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#   endif /* static */
-#  endif /* emacs */
-
-/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
-   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
-
-#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-long i00afunc ();
-#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#  else
-#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#  endif
-
-#  ifndef POINTER_TYPE
-#   ifdef __STDC__
-#    define POINTER_TYPE void
-#   else
-#    define POINTER_TYPE char
-#   endif
-#  endif
-typedef POINTER_TYPE *pointer;
-
-#  ifndef NULL
-#   define NULL 0
-#  endif
-
-/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
-   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
-   deduced at run-time.
-
-   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
-   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
-   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
-
-#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#  endif
-
-#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
-
-#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
-
-#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
-
-static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
-
-static void
-find_stack_direction ()
-{
-  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
-  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
-
-  if (addr == NULL)
-    {				/* Initial entry.  */
-      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
-
-      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Second entry.  */
-      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
-	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
-      else
-	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
-    }
-}
-
-#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
-
-/* An "alloca header" is used to:
-   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
-   (b) keep track of stack depth.
-
-   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
-   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
-
-#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#  endif
-
-typedef union hdr
-{
-  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
-  struct
-    {
-      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
-      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
-    } h;
-} header;
-
-static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
-
-/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
-   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
-   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
-   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
-   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
-   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
-
-pointer
-alloca (size)
-     size_t size;
-{
-  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
-  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
-
-#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
-  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
-    find_stack_direction ();
-#  endif
-
-  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
-     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
-
-  {
-    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-    BLOCK_INPUT;
-#  endif
-
-    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
-      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
-	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
-	{
-	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
-
-	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
-
-	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
-	}
-      else
-	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
-
-    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#  endif
-  }
-
-  if (size == 0)
-    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
-
-  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
-
-  {
-    /* Address of header.  */
-    register pointer new;
-
-    size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
-    if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
-      xalloc_die ();
-
-    new = xmalloc (combined_size);
-
-    if (new == 0)
-      abort();
-
-    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
-    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
-
-    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
-
-    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
-
-    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
-  }
-}
-
-#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-
-#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#    include <stdio.h>
-#   endif
-
-#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#    define CRAY_STACK
-#    ifndef CRAY2
-/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
-struct stack_control_header
-  {
-    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
-    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
-    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
-    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
-  };
-
-/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
-   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
-   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
-   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
-   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
-   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
-
-struct stack_segment_linkage
-  {
-    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
-    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
-    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
-    long:32;
-    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
-				   segment of stack.  */
-    long:32;
-    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
-    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
-				   microtasking.  */
-    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
-    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
-    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
-    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
-    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
-    long ssa0;
-    long ssa1;
-    long ssa2;
-    long ssa3;
-    long ssa4;
-    long ssa5;
-    long ssa6;
-    long ssa7;
-    long sss0;
-    long sss1;
-    long sss2;
-    long sss3;
-    long sss4;
-    long sss5;
-    long sss6;
-    long sss7;
-  };
-
-#    else /* CRAY2 */
-/* The following structure defines the vector of words
-   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
-struct stk_stat
-  {
-    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
-    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
-				   be required to satisfy the maximum
-				   stack demand to date.  */
-    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
-    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
-    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
-    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
-    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
-    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
-    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
-    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
-    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
-    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
-    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
-    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
-    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
-				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
-				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
-    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
-    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
-  };
-
-/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
-   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
-   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
-
-struct stk_trailer
-  {
-    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
-    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
-				   this trailer).  */
-    long unknown2;
-    long unknown3;
-    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
-				   segment.  */
-    long unknown5;
-    long unknown6;
-    long unknown7;
-    long unknown8;
-    long unknown9;
-    long unknown10;
-    long unknown11;
-    long unknown12;
-    long unknown13;
-    long unknown14;
-  };
-
-#    endif /* CRAY2 */
-#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
-
-#   ifdef CRAY2
-/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
-   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long *address)
-{
-  struct stk_stat status;
-  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
-  long *block, size;
-  long result = 0;
-
-  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
-     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
-     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
-     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
-
-  STKSTAT (&status);
-
-  /* Set up the iteration.  */
-
-  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
-				    + status.current_size
-				    - 15);
-
-  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
-     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
-
-  if (trailer == 0)
-    abort ();
-
-  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
-
-  while (trailer != 0)
-    {
-      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
-      size = trailer->this_size;
-      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
-	abort ();
-      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
-      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
-	break;
-    }
-
-  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
-     of all predecessor segments.  */
-
-  result = address - block;
-
-  if (trailer == 0)
-    {
-      return result;
-    }
-
-  do
-    {
-      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
-	abort ();
-      result += trailer->this_size;
-      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
-    }
-  while (trailer != 0);
-
-  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
-     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
-     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
-     not what you want.  */
-
-  return (result);
-}
-
-#   else /* not CRAY2 */
-/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
-   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
-   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
-   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
-   for alloca.  */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long address)
-{
-  long stkl = 0;
-
-  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
-  long result = 0;
-
-  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
-
-  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
-     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
-     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
-     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
-
-     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
-     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
-
-  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
-  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-
-  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
-     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
-
-     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
-     nonzero.  */
-
-  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-  size = ssptr->sssize;
-
-  this_segment = stkl - size;
-
-  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
-     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
-     contain the target address.  */
-
-  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
-    {
-#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#    endif
-      if (pseg == 0)
-	break;
-      stkl = stkl - pseg;
-      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-      size = ssptr->sssize;
-      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-      this_segment = stkl - size;
-    }
-
-  result = address - this_segment;
-
-  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
-     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
-     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
-     a cycle somewhere.  */
-
-  while (pseg != 0)
-    {
-#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#    endif
-      stkl = stkl - pseg;
-      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-      size = ssptr->sssize;
-      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-      result += size;
-    }
-  return (result);
-}
-
-#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#  endif /* CRAY */
-
-# endif /* no alloca */
-#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
-/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
-   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include "argmatch.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-
-#include "error.h"
-#include "quotearg.h"
-#include "quote.h"
-#include "unlocked-io.h"
-
-/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
-   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
-   literal_quoting_style.  */
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
-# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
-#endif
-
-#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-#endif
-
-/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
-# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
-ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
-#endif
-
-static void
-__argmatch_die (void)
-{
-  ARGMATCH_DIE;
-}
-
-/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
-   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
-argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
-
-
-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
-
-   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
-   synonyms, i.e., for
-     "yes", "yop" -> 0
-     "no", "nope" -> 1
-   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
-
-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
-	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
-  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
-  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
-  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
-
-  arglen = strlen (arg);
-
-  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    {
-      if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
-	{
-	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
-	    /* Exact match found.  */
-	    return i;
-	  else if (matchind == -1)
-	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
-	    matchind = i;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	      if (vallist == NULL
-		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
-			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-		{
-		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
-		     disambiguate. */
-		  ambiguous = 1;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  if (ambiguous)
-    return -2;
-  else
-    return matchind;
-}
-
-/* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
-   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
-   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
-
-void
-argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
-{
-  char const *format = (problem == -1
-			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
-			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
-
-  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
-	 quote_n (1, context));
-}
-
-/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
-   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
-   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
-   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
-void
-argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
-		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;
-  const char *last_val = NULL;
-
-  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
-     synonyms follow each other */
-  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    if ((i == 0)
-	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
-	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
-      }
-    else
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
-      }
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-}
-
-/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
-
-   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
-   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
-   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
-
-int
-__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
-		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
-		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
-		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
-{
-  int res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
-  if (res >= 0)
-    /* Success. */
-    return res;
-
-  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
-  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
-  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
-  (*exit_fn) ();
-
-  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
-}
-
-/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
-   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
-const char *
-argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
-		      const char *const *arglist,
-		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-      return arglist[i];
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST
-/*
- * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
- */
-char *program_name;
-extern const char *getenv ();
-
-/* When to make backup files.  */
-enum backup_type
-{
-  /* Never make backups.  */
-  none,
-
-  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
-  simple,
-
-  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
-     and simple backups of the others.  */
-  numbered_existing,
-
-  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
-  numbered
-};
-
-/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
-   values */
-static const char *const backup_args[] =
-{
-  "no", "none", "off",
-  "simple", "never",
-  "existing", "nil",
-  "numbered", "t",
-  0
-};
-
-static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
-{
-  none, none, none,
-  simple, simple,
-  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
-  numbered, numbered
-};
-
-int
-main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
-{
-  const char *cp;
-  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
-
-  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
-
-  if (argc > 2)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
-      exit (1);
-    }
-
-  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
-    backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
-			     backup_args, backup_vals);
-
-  if (argc == 2)
-    backup_type = XARGMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
-			     backup_args, backup_vals);
-
-  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
-	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif

lib/basename.h

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));

lib/error.c

@@ -1,407 +0,0 @@
-/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "gettext.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <wchar.h>
-# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
-# if __STDC__
-#  include <stdarg.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
-# else
-#  include <varargs.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
-# endif
-#else
-# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
-# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-void exit ();
-#endif
-
-#include "error.h"
-
-#if !_LIBC
-# include "unlocked-io.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _
-# define _(String) String
-#endif
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
-   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
-   function without parameters instead.  */
-void (*error_print_progname) (
-#if __STDC__ - 0
-			      void
-#endif
-			      );
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
-
-# define program_name program_invocation_name
-# include <errno.h>
-# include <libio/libioP.h>
-
-/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
-   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
-extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
-			     ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
-# define error __error
-# define error_at_line __error_at_line
-
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
-#  define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
-#  undef putc
-#  define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
-# endif
-
-#else /* not _LIBC */
-
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
-#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#  endif
-char *strerror_r ();
-# endif
-
-/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
-   name of the executing program.  */
-extern char *program_name;
-
-# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
-#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
-# else
-#  if HAVE_STRERROR
-#   ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#   endif
-#   if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
-char *strerror ();
-#   endif
-#  else
-static char *
-private_strerror (int errnum)
-{
-  extern char *sys_errlist[];
-  extern int sys_nerr;
-
-  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
-  return _("Unknown system error");
-}
-#   define strerror private_strerror
-#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
-#endif	/* not _LIBC */
-
-static void
-print_errno_message (int errnum)
-{
-  char const *s;
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
-  char errbuf[1024];
-# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
-  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
-# else
-  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
-    s = errbuf;
-  else
-    s = 0;
-# endif
-#else
-  s = strerror (errnum);
-#endif
-
-#if !_LIBC
-  if (! s)
-    s = _("Unknown system error");
-#endif
-
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    {
-      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
-}
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-static void
-error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
-{
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-#  if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    {
-#   define ALLOCA_LIMIT	2000
-      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
-      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
-      mbstate_t st;
-      size_t res;
-      const char *tmp;
-
-      do
-	{
-	  if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
-	    wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
-		wmessage = NULL;
-
-	      wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
-					      len * sizeof (wchar_t));
-
-	      if (wmessage == NULL)
-		{
-		  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
-		  return;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
-	  tmp =message;
-	}
-      while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
-
-      if (res == (size_t) -1)
-	/* The string cannot be converted.  */
-	wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
-
-      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
-    }
-  else
-#  endif
-    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
-  else
-# endif
-    putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
-   format string with optional args.
-   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
-   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
-/* VARARGS */
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  fflush (stdout);
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __flockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
-    }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __funlockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
-   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
-int error_one_per_line;
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     const char *file_name;
-     unsigned int line_number;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  if (error_one_per_line)
-    {
-      static const char *old_file_name;
-      static unsigned int old_line_number;
-
-      if (old_line_number == line_number
-	  && (file_name == old_file_name
-	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
-	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
-	return;
-
-      old_file_name = file_name;
-      old_line_number = line_number;
-    }
-
-  fflush (stdout);
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __flockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
-    }
-
-  if (file_name != NULL)
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-    }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __funlockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Make the weak alias.  */
-# undef error
-# undef error_at_line
-weak_alias (__error, error)
-weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
-#endif

lib/exclude.c

@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
-
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_STDINT_H
-#  include <stdint.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "exclude.h"
-#include "fnmatch.h"
-#include "unlocked-io.h"
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
-/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
-#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
-
-/* Non-GNU systems lack these options, so we don't need to check them.  */
-#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
-# define FNM_CASEFOLD 0
-#endif
-#ifndef FNM_LEADING_DIR
-# define FNM_LEADING_DIR 0
-#endif
-
-verify (EXCLUDE_macros_do_not_collide_with_FNM_macros,
-	(((EXCLUDE_ANCHORED | EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
-	  & (FNM_PATHNAME | FNM_NOESCAPE | FNM_PERIOD | FNM_LEADING_DIR
-	     | FNM_CASEFOLD))
-	 == 0));
-
-/* An exclude pattern-options pair.  The options are fnmatch options
-   ORed with EXCLUDE_* options.  */
-
-struct patopts
-  {
-    char const *pattern;
-    int options;
-  };
-
-/* An exclude list, of pattern-options pairs.  */
-
-struct exclude
-  {
-    struct patopts *exclude;
-    size_t exclude_alloc;
-    size_t exclude_count;
-  };
-
-/* Return a newly allocated and empty exclude list.  */
-
-struct exclude *
-new_exclude (void)
-{
-  struct exclude *ex = xmalloc (sizeof *ex);
-  ex->exclude_count = 0;
-  ex->exclude_alloc = (1 << 6); /* This must be a power of 2.  */
-  ex->exclude = xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc * sizeof ex->exclude[0]);
-  return ex;
-}
-
-/* Free the storage associated with an exclude list.  */
-
-void
-free_exclude (struct exclude *ex)
-{
-  free (ex->exclude);
-  free (ex);
-}
-
-/* Return zero if PATTERN matches F, obeying OPTIONS, except that
-   (unlike fnmatch) wildcards are disabled in PATTERN.  */
-
-static int
-fnmatch_no_wildcards (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
-{
-  if (! (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR))
-    return ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
-	    ? strcasecmp (pattern, f)
-	    : strcmp (pattern, f));
-  else
-    {
-      size_t patlen = strlen (pattern);
-      int r = ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
-		? strncasecmp (pattern, f, patlen)
-		: strncmp (pattern, f, patlen));
-      if (! r)
-	{
-	  r = f[patlen];
-	  if (r == '/')
-	    r = 0;
-	}
-      return r;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Return true if EX excludes F.  */
-
-bool
-excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
-{
-  size_t exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
-
-  /* If no options are given, the default is to include.  */
-  if (exclude_count == 0)
-    return false;
-  else
-    {
-      struct patopts const *exclude = ex->exclude;
-      size_t i;
-
-      /* Otherwise, the default is the opposite of the first option.  */
-      bool excluded = !! (exclude[0].options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE);
-
-      /* Scan through the options, seeing whether they change F from
-	 excluded to included or vice versa.  */
-      for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
-	{
-	  char const *pattern = exclude[i].pattern;
-	  int options = exclude[i].options;
-	  if (excluded == !! (options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE))
-	    {
-	      int (*matcher) (char const *, char const *, int) =
-		(options & EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS
-		 ? fnmatch
-		 : fnmatch_no_wildcards);
-	      bool matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, f, options) == 0);
-	      char const *p;
-
-	      if (! (options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
-		for (p = f; *p && ! matched; p++)
-		  if (*p == '/' && p[1] != '/')
-		    matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, p + 1, options) == 0);
-
-	      excluded ^= matched;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      return excluded;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Append to EX the exclusion PATTERN with OPTIONS.  */
-
-void
-add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options)
-{
-  struct patopts *patopts;
-
-  if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
-    {
-      size_t s = 2 * ex->exclude_alloc;
-      if (! (0 < s && s <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof ex->exclude[0]))
-	xalloc_die ();
-      ex->exclude_alloc = s;
-      ex->exclude = xrealloc (ex->exclude, s * sizeof ex->exclude[0]);
-    }
-
-  patopts = &ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++];
-  patopts->pattern = pattern;
-  patopts->options = options;
-}
-
-/* Use ADD_FUNC to append to EX the patterns in FILENAME, each with
-   OPTIONS.  LINE_END terminates each pattern in the file.  Return -1
-   on failure, 0 on success.  */
-
-int
-add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
-		  struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, int options,
-		  char line_end)
-{
-  bool use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
-  FILE *in;
-  char *buf;
-  char *p;
-  char const *pattern;
-  char const *lim;
-  size_t buf_alloc = (1 << 10);  /* This must be a power of two.  */
-  size_t buf_count = 0;
-  int c;
-  int e = 0;
-
-  if (use_stdin)
-    in = stdin;
-  else if (! (in = fopen (filename, "r")))
-    return -1;
-
-  buf = xmalloc (buf_alloc);
-
-  while ((c = getc (in)) != EOF)
-    {
-      buf[buf_count++] = c;
-      if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
-	{
-	  buf_alloc *= 2;
-	  if (! buf_alloc)
-	    xalloc_die ();
-	  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (ferror (in))
-    e = errno;
-
-  if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
-    e = errno;
-
-  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
-
-  for (pattern = p = buf, lim = buf + buf_count;  p <= lim;  p++)
-    if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
-      {
-	*p = '\0';
-	(*add_func) (ex, pattern, options);
-	pattern = p + 1;
-      }
-
-  errno = e;
-  return e ? -1 : 0;
-}

lib/exclude.h

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
-
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
-
-/* Exclude options, which can be ORed with fnmatch options.  */
-
-/* Patterns must match the start of file names, instead of matching
-   anywhere after a '/'.  */
-#define EXCLUDE_ANCHORED (1 << 30)
-
-/* Include instead of exclude.  */
-#define EXCLUDE_INCLUDE (1 << 29)
-
-/* '?', '*', '[', and '\\' are special in patterns.  Without this
-   option, these characters are ordinary and fnmatch is not used.  */
-#define EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS (1 << 28)
-
-struct exclude;
-
-struct exclude *new_exclude (void);
-void free_exclude (struct exclude *);
-void add_exclude (struct exclude *, char const *, int);
-int add_exclude_file (void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
-		      struct exclude *, char const *, int, char);
-bool excluded_filename (struct exclude const *, char const *);

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-   2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #  pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if ! defined __builtin_expect && __GNUC__ < 3
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, expected) (expr)
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_STRINGS_H
-#  include <strings.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stddef.h>
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)
-
-/* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
-   support user defined character classes.  */
-#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
-/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
-# include <wchar.h>
-# include <wctype.h>
-#endif
-
-/* We need some of the locale data (the collation sequence information)
-   but there is no interface to get this information in general.  Therefore
-   we support a correct implementation only in glibc.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-# include "../locale/elem-hash.h"
-# include "../locale/coll-lookup.h"
-# include <shlib-compat.h>
-
-# define CONCAT(a,b) __CONCAT(a,b)
-# define mbsinit __mbsinit
-# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
-# define fnmatch __fnmatch
-extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
-#endif
-
-/* We often have to test for FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_PERIOD being both set.  */
-#define NO_LEADING_PERIOD(flags) \
-  ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) == (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD))
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, are not
-   actually compiling the library itself, and have not detected a bug
-   in the library.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || !HAVE_FNMATCH_GNU
-
-
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-# ifdef isblank
-#  define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
-# else
-#  define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
-# endif
-# ifdef isgraph
-#  define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
-# else
-#  define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
-# endif
-
-# define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
-# define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
-# define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
-# define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
-# define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
-# define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
-# define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
-# define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
-# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-# define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
-
-# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
-
-# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
-/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
-   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
-#  ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#  else
-/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
-   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
-#  endif
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
-#  else
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
-#  endif
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)	__iswctype (WC, WT)
-#  else
-#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)	iswctype (WC, WT)
-#  endif
-
-#  if (HAVE_MBSTATE_T && HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) || _LIBC
-/* In this case we are implementing the multibyte character handling.  */
-#   define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE	1
-#  endif
-
-# else
-#  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
-
-#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)						      \
-   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			      \
-    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
-# endif
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-# if !defined _LIBC && !defined getenv && !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
-extern char *getenv ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-# endif
-
-/* Global variable.  */
-static int posixly_correct;
-
-# ifndef internal_function
-/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way.  In other
-   environments simply ignore the marking.  */
-#  define internal_function
-# endif
-
-/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# else
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# endif
-# define CHAR	char
-# define UCHAR	unsigned char
-# define INT	int
-# define FCT	internal_fnmatch
-# define EXT	ext_match
-# define END	end_pattern
-# define L(CS)	CS
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define BTOWC(C)	__btowc (C)
-# else
-#  define BTOWC(C)	btowc (C)
-# endif
-# define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
-# define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __mempcpy (D, S, N)
-# else
-#  if HAVE_MEMPCPY
-#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) mempcpy (D, S, N)
-#  else
-#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
-#  endif
-# endif
-# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr (S, C, N)
-# define STRCOLL(S1, S2) strcoll (S1, S2)
-# include "fnmatch_loop.c"
-
-
-# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
-#  define CHAR	wchar_t
-#  define UCHAR	wint_t
-#  define INT	wint_t
-#  define FCT	internal_fnwmatch
-#  define EXT	ext_wmatch
-#  define END	end_wpattern
-#  define L(CS)	L##CS
-#  define BTOWC(C)	(C)
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define STRLEN(S) __wcslen (S)
-#   define STRCAT(D, S) __wcscat (D, S)
-#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __wmempcpy (D, S, N)
-#  else
-#   define STRLEN(S) wcslen (S)
-#   define STRCAT(D, S) wcscat (D, S)
-#   if HAVE_WMEMPCPY
-#    define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) wmempcpy (D, S, N)
-#   else
-#    define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) (wmemcpy (D, S, N) + (N))
-#   endif
-#  endif
-#  define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr (S, C, N)
-#  define STRCOLL(S1, S2) wcscoll (S1, S2)
-#  define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
-
-#  undef IS_CHAR_CLASS
-/* We have to convert the wide character string in a multibyte string.  But
-   we know that the character class names consist of alphanumeric characters
-   from the portable character set, and since the wide character encoding
-   for a member of the portable character set is the same code point as
-   its single-byte encoding, we can use a simplified method to convert the
-   string to a multibyte character string.  */
-static wctype_t
-is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
-{
-  char s[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
-  char *cp = s;
-
-  do
-    {
-      /* Test for a printable character from the portable character set.  */
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-      if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
-	  || *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
-	return (wctype_t) 0;
-#  else
-      switch (*wcs)
-	{
-	case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
-	case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
-	case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
-	case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
-	case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
-	case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
-	case L'?':
-	case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
-	case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
-	case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
-	case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
-	case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
-	case L'Z':
-	case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
-	case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
-	case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
-	case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
-	case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
-	case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
-	case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  return (wctype_t) 0;
-	}
-#  endif
-
-      /* Avoid overrunning the buffer.  */
-      if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
-	return (wctype_t) 0;
-
-      *cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
-    }
-  while (*wcs != L'\0');
-
-  *cp = '\0';
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-  return __wctype (s);
-#  else
-  return wctype (s);
-#  endif
-}
-#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) is_char_class (string)
-
-#  include "fnmatch_loop.c"
-# endif
-
-
-int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
-{
-# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
-  if (__builtin_expect (MB_CUR_MAX, 1) != 1)
-    {
-      mbstate_t ps;
-      size_t n;
-      wchar_t *wpattern;
-      wchar_t *wstring;
-
-      /* Convert the strings into wide characters.  */
-      memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
-      n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps);
-      if (__builtin_expect (n, 0) == (size_t) -1)
-	/* Something wrong.
-	   XXX Do we have to set `errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
-	   already done?  */
-	return -1;
-      wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
-      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-      (void) mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, n + 1, &ps);
-
-      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-      n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps);
-      if (__builtin_expect (n, 0) == (size_t) -1)
-	/* Something wrong.
-	   XXX Do we have to set `errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
-	   already done?  */
-	return -1;
-      wstring = (wchar_t *) alloca ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
-      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-      (void) mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, n + 1, &ps);
-
-      return internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + n,
-				flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
-    }
-# endif  /* mbstate_t and mbsrtowcs or _LIBC.  */
-
-  return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
-			   flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
-}
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  undef fnmatch
-versioned_symbol (libc, __fnmatch, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_2_3);
-#  if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2_3)
-strong_alias (__fnmatch, __fnmatch_old)
-compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/fnmatch.hin

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
-#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined WINDOWS32
-# if !defined __GLIBC__ || !defined __P
-#  undef	__P
-#  define __P(protos)	protos
-# endif
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-# undef	__P
-# define __P(protos)	()
-/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
-   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
-   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-#ifndef const
-# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-#  define __const	const
-# else
-#  define __const
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
-   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
-#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
-#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
-#undef	FNM_PERIOD
-
-/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
-#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
-#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
-#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
-
-#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE
-# define FNM_FILE_NAME	 FNM_PATHNAME	/* Preferred GNU name.  */
-# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3)	/* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
-# define FNM_CASEFOLD	 (1 << 4)	/* Compare without regard to case.  */
-#endif
-
-/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
-#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
-
-/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
-   `fnmatch'.  Since this is not the case here it will never be
-   returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
-   to be defined.  */
-#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
-# define FNM_NOSYS	(-1)
-#endif
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
-   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
-extern int fnmatch __P ((__const char *__pattern, __const char *__string,
-			 int __flags));
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* fnmatch.h */

lib/fnmatch_loop.c

@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
-   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
-static int FCT (const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string,
-		int no_leading_period, int flags) internal_function;
-
-static int
-internal_function
-FCT (pattern, string, no_leading_period, flags)
-     const CHAR *pattern;
-     const CHAR *string;
-     int no_leading_period;
-     int flags;
-{
-  register const CHAR *p = pattern, *n = string;
-  register UCHAR c;
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  const UCHAR *collseq = (const UCHAR *)
-    _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, CONCAT(_NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQ,SUFFIX));
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-  const wint_t *names = (const wint_t *)
-    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NAMES);
-  size_t size = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_HASH_SIZE);
-  size_t layers = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_HASH_LAYERS);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-  while ((c = *p++) != L('\0'))
-    {
-      c = FOLD (c);
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case L('?'):
-	  if (*n == L('\0'))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
-		   && (n == string
-		       || (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case L('\\'):
-	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-	    {
-	      c = *p++;
-	      if (c == L('\0'))
-		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      c = FOLD (c);
-	    }
-	  if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) != c)
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case L('*'):
-	  if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
-	      && (n == string
-		  || (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	  for (c = *p++; c == L('?') || c == L('*'); c = *p++)
-	    {
-	      if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == L('?'))
-		{
-		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == L('\0'))
-		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
-		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		  else
-		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
-		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
-		       less than three characters.  */
-		    ++n;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (c == L('\0'))
-	    /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern.
-	       If the name is a file name and contains another slash
-	       this does mean it cannot match.  If the FNM_LEADING_DIR
-	       flag is set and exactly one slash is following, we have
-	       a match.  */
-	    {
-	      int result = (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) == 0 ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	      if (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-		{
-		  const CHAR *slashp = STRCHR (n, L('/'));
-
-		  if (flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
-		    {
-		      if (slashp != NULL
-			  && STRCHR (slashp + 1, L('/')) == NULL)
-			result = 0;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    {
-		      if (slashp == NULL)
-			result = 0;
-		    }
-		}
-
-	      return result;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      const CHAR *endp;
-
-	      endp = STRCHRNUL (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? L('/') : L('\0'));
-
-	      if (c == L('['))
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (FCT (p, n, (no_leading_period
-				    && (n == string
-					|| (n[-1] == L('/')
-					    && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-			     flags2) == 0)
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	      else if (c == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		{
-		  while (*n != L('\0') && *n != L('/'))
-		    ++n;
-		  if (*n == L('/')
-		      && (FCT (p, n + 1, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags) == 0))
-		    return 0;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  if (c == L('\\') && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-		    c = *p;
-		  c = FOLD (c);
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) == c
-			&& (FCT (p, n, (no_leading_period
-					&& (n == string
-					    || (n[-1] == L('/')
-						&& (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-				 flags2) == 0))
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard.  */
-	  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	case L('['):
-	  {
-	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
-	    static int posixly_correct;
-	    register int not;
-	    CHAR cold;
-
-	    if (posixly_correct == 0)
-	      posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
-
-	    if (*n == L('\0'))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
-		&& (n == string
-		    || (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	      /* `/' cannot be matched.  */
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    not = (*p == L('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L('^')));
-	    if (not)
-	      ++p;
-
-	    c = *p++;
-	    for (;;)
-	      {
-		UCHAR fn = FOLD ((UCHAR) *n);
-
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
-		  {
-		    if (*p == L('\0'))
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    c = FOLD ((UCHAR) *p);
-		    ++p;
-
-		    if (c == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-		  }
-		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
-		  {
-		    /* Leave room for the null.  */
-		    CHAR str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
-		    size_t c1 = 0;
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wctype_t wt;
-#endif
-		    const CHAR *startp = p;
-
-		    for (;;)
-		      {
-			if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
-			  /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern
-			     is ill-formed.  */
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			c = *++p;
-			if (c == L(':') && p[1] == L(']'))
-			  {
-			    p += 2;
-			    break;
-			  }
-			if (c < L('a') || c >= L('z'))
-			  {
-			    /* This cannot possibly be a character class name.
-			       Match it as a normal range.  */
-			    p = startp;
-			    c = L('[');
-			    goto normal_bracket;
-			  }
-			str[c1++] = c;
-		      }
-		    str[c1] = L('\0');
-
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
-		    if (wt == 0)
-		      /* Invalid character class name.  */
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		    if (ISWCTYPE (BTOWC ((UCHAR) *n), wt))
-		      goto matched;
-#else
-		    if ((STREQ (str, L("alnum")) && ISALNUM ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("alpha")) && ISALPHA ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("blank")) && ISBLANK ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("cntrl")) && ISCNTRL ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("digit")) && ISDIGIT ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("graph")) && ISGRAPH ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("lower")) && ISLOWER ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("print")) && ISPRINT ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("punct")) && ISPUNCT ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("space")) && ISSPACE ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("upper")) && ISUPPER ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("xdigit")) && ISXDIGIT ((UCHAR) *n)))
-		      goto matched;
-#endif
-		  }
-		else if (c == L('\0'))
-		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		else
-		  {
-		    c = FOLD (c);
-		  normal_bracket:
-		    if (c == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-
-		    cold = c;
-		    c = *p++;
-
-		    if (c == L('-') && *p != L(']'))
-		      {
-#if _LIBC
-			/* We have to find the collation sequence
-			   value for C.  Collation sequence is nothing
-			   we can regularly access.  The sequence
-			   value is defined by the order in which the
-			   definitions of the collation values for the
-			   various characters appear in the source
-			   file.  A strange concept, nowhere
-			   documented.  */
-			int32_t fseqidx;
-			int32_t lseqidx;
-			UCHAR cend = *p++;
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			size_t cnt;
-# endif
-
-			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
-			  cend = *p++;
-			if (cend == L('\0'))
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			/* Search in the `names' array for the characters.  */
-			fseqidx = fn % size;
-			cnt = 0;
-			while (names[fseqidx] != fn)
-			  {
-			    if (++cnt == layers)
-			      /* XXX We don't know anything about
-				 the character we are supposed to
-				 match.  This means we are failing.  */
-			      goto range_not_matched;
-
-			    fseqidx += size;
-			  }
-			lseqidx = cold % size;
-			cnt = 0;
-			while (names[lseqidx] != cold)
-			  {
-			    if (++cnt == layers)
-			      {
-				lseqidx = -1;
-				break;
-			      }
-			    lseqidx += size;
-			  }
-# else
-			fseqidx = fn;
-			lseqidx = cold;
-# endif
-
-			/* XXX It is not entirely clear to me how to handle
-			   characters which are not mentioned in the
-			   collation specification.  */
-			if (
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			    lseqidx == -1 ||
-# endif
-			    collseq[lseqidx] <= collseq[fseqidx])
-			  {
-			    /* We have to look at the upper bound.  */
-			    int32_t hseqidx;
-
-			    cend = FOLD (cend);
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			    hseqidx = cend % size;
-			    cnt = 0;
-			    while (names[hseqidx] != cend)
-			      {
-				if (++cnt == layers)
-				  {
-				    /* Hum, no information about the upper
-				       bound.  The matching succeeds if the
-				       lower bound is matched exactly.  */
-				    if (lseqidx == -1 || cold != fn)
-				      goto range_not_matched;
-
-				    goto matched;
-				  }
-			      }
-# else
-			    hseqidx = cend;
-# endif
-
-			    if (
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-				(lseqidx == -1
-				 && collseq[fseqidx] == collseq[hseqidx]) ||
-# endif
-				collseq[fseqidx] <= collseq[hseqidx])
-			      goto matched;
-			  }
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-		      range_not_matched:
-# endif
-#else
-			/* We use a boring value comparison of the character
-			   values.  This is better than comparing using
-			   `strcoll' since the latter would have surprising
-			   and sometimes fatal consequences.  */
-			UCHAR cend = *p++;
-
-			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
-			  cend = *p++;
-			if (cend == L('\0'))
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			/* It is a range.  */
-			if (cold <= fc && fc <= c)
-			  goto matched;
-#endif
-
-			c = *p++;
-		      }
-		  }
-
-		if (c == L(']'))
-		  break;
-	      }
-
-	    if (!not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	    break;
-
-	  matched:
-	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
-	    while (c != L(']'))
-	      {
-		if (c == L('\0'))
-		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		c = *p++;
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
-		  {
-		    if (*p == L('\0'))
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		    ++p;
-		  }
-		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
-		  {
-		    do
-		      if (*++p == L('\0'))
-			return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    while (*p != L(':') || p[1] == L(']'));
-		    p += 2;
-		    c = *p;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    if (not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  if (c != FOLD ((UCHAR) *n))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	}
-
-      ++n;
-    }
-
-  if (*n == '\0')
-    return 0;
-
-  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == L('/'))
-    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-}
-
-#undef FOLD
-#undef CHAR
-#undef UCHAR
-#undef FCT
-#undef STRCHR
-#undef STRCHRNUL
-#undef STRCOLL
-#undef L
-#undef BTOWC
-#undef SUFFIX

lib/full-read.c

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* full-read.c -- an interface to read that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-   */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-/* Read LEN bytes at PTR from descriptor DESC, retrying if interrupted.
-   Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or negative
-   for an error.  */
-
-ssize_t
-full_read (int desc, char *ptr, size_t len)
-{
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      ssize_t n = read (desc, ptr, len);
-#ifdef EINTR
-      if (n < 0 && errno == EINTR)
-	continue;
-#endif
-      return n;
-    }
-}

lib/full-write.c

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/* An interface to read and write that retries (if necessary) until complete.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#ifdef FULL_READ
-# include "full-read.h"
-#else
-# include "full-write.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FULL_READ
-# include "safe-read.h"
-# define safe_rw safe_read
-# define full_rw full_read
-# undef const
-# define const /* empty */
-#else
-# include "safe-write.h"
-# define safe_rw safe_write
-# define full_rw full_write
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FULL_READ
-/* Set errno to zero upon EOF.  */
-# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO 0
-#else
-/* Some buggy drivers return 0 when one tries to write beyond
-   a device's end.  (Example: Linux 1.2.13 on /dev/fd0.)
-   Set errno to ENOSPC so they get a sensible diagnostic.  */
-# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO ENOSPC
-#endif
-
-/* Write(read) COUNT bytes at BUF to(from) descriptor FD, retrying if
-   interrupted or if a partial write(read) occurs.  Return the number
-   of bytes transferred.
-   When writing, set errno if fewer than COUNT bytes are written.
-   When reading, if fewer than COUNT bytes are read, you must examine
-   errno to distinguish failure from EOF (errno == 0).  */
-size_t
-full_rw (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
-{
-  size_t total = 0;
-  const char *ptr = buf;
-
-  while (count > 0)
-    {
-      size_t n_rw = safe_rw (fd, ptr, count);
-      if (n_rw == (size_t) -1)
-	break;
-      if (n_rw == 0)
-	{
-	  errno = ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO;
-	  break;
-	}
-      total += n_rw;
-      ptr += n_rw;
-      count -= n_rw;
-    }
-
-  return total;
-}

lib/full-write.h

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-/* An interface to write() that writes all it is asked to write.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/* Write COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
-   or if partial writes occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
-   written, setting errno if that is less than COUNT.  */
-extern size_t full_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);

lib/human.c

@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-/* human.c -- print human readable file size
-
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Originally contributed by lm@sgi.com;
-   --si, output block size selection, and large file support
-   added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CHAR_BIT
-# define CHAR_BIT 8
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
-char *getenv ();
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
-#else
-# define _(Text) Text
-#endif
-
-#include <argmatch.h>
-#include <error.h>
-#include <xstrtol.h>
-
-#include "human.h"
-
-static const char suffixes[] =
-{
-  0,	/* not used */
-  'K',	/* kibi ('k' for kilo is a special case) */
-  'M',	/* mega or mebi */
-  'G',	/* giga or gibi */
-  'T',	/* tera or tebi */
-  'P',	/* peta or pebi */
-  'E',	/* exa or exbi */
-  'Z',	/* zetta or 2**70 */
-  'Y'	/* yotta or 2**80 */
-};
-
-/* Generate into P[-1] (and possibly P[-2]) the proper suffix for
-   POWER and BASE.  Return the address of the generated suffix.  */
-static char *
-generate_suffix_backwards (char *p, int power, int base)
-{
-  char letter = suffixes[power];
-
-  if (base == 1000)
-    {
-      *--p = 'B';
-      if (power == 1)
-	letter = 'k';
-    }
-
-  *--p = letter;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* If INEXACT_STYLE is not human_round_to_even, and if easily
-   possible, adjust VALUE according to the style.  */
-static double
-adjust_value (enum human_inexact_style inexact_style, double value)
-{
-  /* Do not use the floor or ceil functions, as that would mean
-     linking with the standard math library, which is a porting pain.
-     So leave the value alone if it is too large to easily round.  */
-  if (inexact_style != human_round_to_even && value < (uintmax_t) -1)
-    {
-      uintmax_t u = value;
-      value = u + (inexact_style == human_ceiling && u != value);
-    }
-
-  return value;
-}
-
-/* Like human_readable_inexact, except always round to even.  */
-char *
-human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
-		int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
-{
-  return human_readable_inexact (n, buf, from_block_size, output_block_size,
-				 human_round_to_even);
-}
-
-/* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.
-
-   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
-   be nonnegative.
-
-   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be nonzero.  If it is positive, use units of
-   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in the output number.
-
-   Use INEXACT_STYLE to determine whether to take the ceiling or floor
-   of any result that cannot be expressed exactly.
-
-   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is negative, use a format like "127K" if
-   possible, using powers of -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE; otherwise, use
-   ordinary decimal format.  Normally -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is either
-   1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.  Most people visually process
-   strings of 3-4 digits effectively, but longer strings of digits are
-   more prone to misinterpretation.  Hence, converting to an
-   abbreviated form usually improves readability.  Use a suffix
-   indicating which power is being used.  For example, assuming
-   -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3K,
-   133456345 to 127M, 56990456345 to 53G, and so on.  Numbers smaller
-   than -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE aren't modified.  If -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is
-   1024, append a "B" after any size letter.  */
-
-char *
-human_readable_inexact (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
-			int from_block_size, int output_block_size,
-			enum human_inexact_style inexact_style)
-{
-  uintmax_t amt;
-  int base;
-  int to_block_size;
-  int tenths = 0;
-  int power;
-  char *p;
-
-  /* 0 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS;
-     1 means AMT.TENTHS < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
-     2 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
-     3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
-  int rounding = 0;
-
-  if (output_block_size < 0)
-    {
-      base = -output_block_size;
-      to_block_size = 1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      base = 0;
-      to_block_size = output_block_size;
-    }
-
-  p = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE;
-  *p = '\0';
-
-#ifdef lint
-  /* Suppress `used before initialized' warning.  */
-  power = 0;
-#endif
-
-  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units.  */
-
-  {
-    int multiplier;
-    int divisor;
-    int r2;
-    int r10;
-    if (to_block_size <= from_block_size
-	? (from_block_size % to_block_size != 0
-	   || (multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size,
-	       (amt = n * multiplier) / multiplier != n))
-	: (from_block_size == 0
-	   || to_block_size % from_block_size != 0
-	   || (divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size,
-	       r10 = (n % divisor) * 10,
-	       r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2,
-	       amt = n / divisor,
-	       tenths = r10 / divisor,
-	       rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2),
-	       0)))
-      {
-	/* Either the result cannot be computed easily using uintmax_t,
-	   or from_block_size is zero.  Fall back on floating point.
-	   FIXME: This can yield answers that are slightly off.  */
-
-	double damt = n * (from_block_size / (double) to_block_size);
-
-	if (! base)
-	  sprintf (buf, "%.0f", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt));
-	else
-	  {
-	    char suffix[3];
-	    char const *psuffix;
-	    double e = 1;
-	    power = 0;
-
-	    do
-	      {
-		e *= base;
-		power++;
-	      }
-	    while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
-
-	    damt /= e;
-
-	    suffix[2] = '\0';
-	    psuffix = generate_suffix_backwards (suffix + 2, power, base);
-	    sprintf (buf, "%.1f%s",
-		     adjust_value (inexact_style, damt), psuffix);
-	    if (4 + (base == 1000) < strlen (buf))
-	      sprintf (buf, "%.0f%s",
-		       adjust_value (inexact_style, damt * 10) / 10, psuffix);
-	  }
-
-	return buf;
-      }
-  }
-
-  /* Use power of BASE notation if adjusted AMT is large enough.  */
-
-  if (base && base <= amt)
-    {
-      power = 0;
-
-      do
-	{
-	  int r10 = (amt % base) * 10 + tenths;
-	  int r2 = (r10 % base) * 2 + (rounding >> 1);
-	  amt /= base;
-	  tenths = r10 / base;
-	  rounding = (r2 < base
-		      ? 0 < r2 + rounding
-		      : 2 + (base < r2 + rounding));
-	  power++;
-	}
-      while (base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
-
-      p = generate_suffix_backwards (p, power, base);
-
-      if (amt < 10)
-	{
-	  if (2 * (1 - (int) inexact_style)
-	      < rounding + (tenths & (inexact_style == human_round_to_even)))
-	    {
-	      tenths++;
-	      rounding = 0;
-
-	      if (tenths == 10)
-		{
-		  amt++;
-		  tenths = 0;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (amt < 10)
-	    {
-	      *--p = '0' + tenths;
-	      *--p = '.';
-	      tenths = rounding = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (inexact_style == human_ceiling
-      ? 0 < tenths + rounding
-      : inexact_style == human_round_to_even
-      ? 5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1))
-      : /* inexact_style == human_floor */ 0)
-    {
-      amt++;
-
-      if (amt == base && power < sizeof suffixes - 1)
-	{
-	  *p = suffixes[power + 1];
-	  *--p = '0';
-	  *--p = '.';
-	  amt = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  do
-    *--p = '0' + (int) (amt % 10);
-  while ((amt /= 10) != 0);
-
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/* The default block size used for output.  This number may change in
-   the future as disks get larger.  */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE
-# define DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
-#endif
-
-static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
-static int const block_size_types[] = { -1024, -1000 };
-
-static int
-default_block_size (void)
-{
-  return getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
-}
-
-static strtol_error
-humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
-    *block_size = default_block_size ();
-  else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
-    *block_size = block_size_types[i];
-  else
-    {
-      char *ptr;
-      unsigned long val;
-      strtol_error e = xstrtoul (spec, &ptr, 0, &val, "eEgGkKmMpPtTyYzZ0");
-      if (e != LONGINT_OK)
-	return e;
-      if (*ptr)
-	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
-      if ((int) val < 0 || val != (int) val)
-	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
-      *block_size = (int) val;
-    }
-
-  return LONGINT_OK;
-}
-
-void
-human_block_size (char const *spec, int report_errors, int *block_size)
-{
-  strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size);
-  if (*block_size == 0)
-    {
-      *block_size = default_block_size ();
-      e = LONGINT_INVALID;
-    }
-  if (e != LONGINT_OK && report_errors)
-    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (spec, _("block size"), e);
-}

lib/human.h

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef HUMAN_H_
-# define HUMAN_H_ 1
-
-# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#  include <inttypes.h>
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#  include <limits.h>
-# endif
-# ifndef CHAR_BIT
-#  define CHAR_BIT 8
-# endif
-
-/* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
-   The output can be the product of the largest uintmax_t and the largest int,
-   so add their sizes before converting to a bound on digits.  */
-# define LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE ((sizeof (uintmax_t) + sizeof (int)) \
-				 * CHAR_BIT / 3)
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-enum human_inexact_style
-{
-  human_floor = -1,
-  human_round_to_even = 0,
-  human_ceiling = 1
-};
-
-char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int));
-char *human_readable_inexact PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int,
-				      enum human_inexact_style));
-
-void human_block_size PARAMS ((char const *, int, int *));
-
-#endif /* HUMAN_H_ */

lib/lchown.h

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-/* Some systems don't have ENOSYS.  */
-#ifndef ENOSYS
-# ifdef ENOTSUP
-#  define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
-# else
-/* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either.  */
-#  define ENOSYS ENOMSG
-# endif
-#endif

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,445 +0,0 @@
-/* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
-
-/* The ASCII mode string is compiled into a linked list of `struct
-   modechange', which can then be applied to each file to be changed.
-   We do this instead of re-parsing the ASCII string for each file
-   because the compiled form requires less computation to use; when
-   changing the mode of many files, this probably results in a
-   performance gain. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "modechange.h"
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include "xstrtol.h"
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-# define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef S_ISDIR
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef S_ISUID
-# define S_ISUID 04000
-#endif
-#ifndef S_ISGID
-# define S_ISGID 04000
-#endif
-#ifndef S_ISVTX
-# define S_ISVTX 01000
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRUSR
-# define S_IRUSR 0400
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IWUSR
-# define S_IWUSR 0200
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXUSR
-# define S_IXUSR 0100
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRGRP
-# define S_IRGRP 0040
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IWGRP
-# define S_IWGRP 0020
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0010
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IROTH
-# define S_IROTH 0004
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IWOTH
-# define S_IWOTH 0002
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0001
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRWXU
-# define S_IRWXU 0700
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRWXG
-# define S_IRWXG 0070
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRWXO
-# define S_IRWXO 0007
-#endif
-
-/* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod.  */
-#define CHMOD_MODE_BITS \
-  (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
-
-/* Return newly allocated memory to hold one element of type TYPE. */
-#define talloc(type) ((type *) malloc (sizeof (type)))
-
-/* Create a mode_change entry with the specified `=ddd'-style
-   mode change operation, where NEW_MODE is `ddd'.  Return the
-   new entry, or NULL upon failure.  */
-
-static struct mode_change *
-make_node_op_equals (mode_t new_mode)
-{
-  struct mode_change *p;
-  p = talloc (struct mode_change);
-  if (p == NULL)
-    return p;
-  p->next = NULL;
-  p->op = '=';
-  p->flags = 0;
-  p->value = new_mode;
-  p->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;	/* Affect all permissions. */
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Append entry E to the end of the link list with the specified
-   HEAD and TAIL.  */
-
-static void
-mode_append_entry (struct mode_change **head,
-		   struct mode_change **tail,
-		   struct mode_change *e)
-{
-  if (*head == NULL)
-    *head = *tail = e;
-  else
-    {
-      (*tail)->next = e;
-      *tail = e;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Return a linked list of file mode change operations created from
-   MODE_STRING, an ASCII string that contains either an octal number
-   specifying an absolute mode, or symbolic mode change operations with
-   the form:
-   [ugoa...][[+-=][rwxXstugo...]...][,...]
-   MASKED_OPS is a bitmask indicating which symbolic mode operators (=+-)
-   should not affect bits set in the umask when no users are given.
-   Operators not selected in MASKED_OPS ignore the umask.
-
-   Return MODE_INVALID if `mode_string' does not contain a valid
-   representation of file mode change operations;
-   return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED if there is insufficient memory. */
-
-struct mode_change *
-mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
-{
-  struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
-  struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
-  uintmax_t mode_value;		/* The mode value, if octal.  */
-  char *string_end;		/* Pointer to end of parsed value.  */
-  mode_t umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
-
-  head = NULL;
-#ifdef lint
-  tail = NULL;
-#endif
-
-  if (xstrtoumax (mode_string, &string_end, 8, &mode_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
-    {
-      struct mode_change *p;
-      if (mode_value != (mode_value & CHMOD_MODE_BITS))
-	return MODE_INVALID;
-      p = make_node_op_equals ((mode_t) mode_value);
-      if (p == NULL)
-	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
-      return head;
-    }
-
-  umask_value = umask (0);
-  umask (umask_value);		/* Restore the old value. */
-  --mode_string;
-
-  /* One loop iteration for each "ugoa...=+-rwxXstugo...[=+-rwxXstugo...]". */
-  do
-    {
-      /* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
-      mode_t affected_bits = 0;
-      /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
-      mode_t affected_masked;
-      /* Operators to actually use umask on. */
-      unsigned ops_to_mask = 0;
-
-      int who_specified_p;
-
-      affected_bits = 0;
-      ops_to_mask = 0;
-      /* Turn on all the bits in `affected_bits' for each group given. */
-      for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
-	switch (*mode_string)
-	  {
-	  case 'u':
-	    affected_bits |= S_ISUID | S_IRWXU;
-	    break;
-	  case 'g':
-	    affected_bits |= S_ISGID | S_IRWXG;
-	    break;
-	  case 'o':
-	    affected_bits |= S_ISVTX | S_IRWXO;
-	    break;
-	  case 'a':
-	    affected_bits |= CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    goto no_more_affected;
-	  }
-
-    no_more_affected:
-      /* If none specified, affect all bits, except perhaps those
-	 set in the umask. */
-      if (affected_bits)
-	who_specified_p = 1;
-      else
-	{
-	  who_specified_p = 0;
-	  affected_bits = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
-	  ops_to_mask = masked_ops;
-	}
-
-      while (*mode_string == '=' || *mode_string == '+' || *mode_string == '-')
-	{
-	  struct mode_change *change = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	  if (change == NULL)
-	    {
-	      mode_free (head);
-	      return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-	    }
-
-	  change->next = NULL;
-	  change->op = *mode_string;	/* One of "=+-". */
-	  affected_masked = affected_bits;
-
-	  /* Per the Single Unix Spec, if `who' is not specified and the
-	     `=' operator is used, then clear all the bits first.  */
-	  if (!who_specified_p &&
-	      ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS : 0))
-	    {
-	      struct mode_change *p = make_node_op_equals (0);
-	      if (p == NULL)
-		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-	      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
-	    }
-
-	  if (ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS
-			     : *mode_string == '+' ? MODE_MASK_PLUS
-			     : MODE_MASK_MINUS))
-	    affected_masked &= ~umask_value;
-	  change->affected = affected_masked;
-	  change->value = 0;
-	  change->flags = 0;
-
-	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
-	     are performed in the correct order. */
-	  mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, change);
-
-	  /* Set `value' according to the bits set in `affected_masked'. */
-	  for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
-	    switch (*mode_string)
-	      {
-	      case 'r':
-		change->value |= ((S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
-				  & affected_masked);
-		break;
-	      case 'w':
-		change->value |= ((S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)
-				  & affected_masked);
-		break;
-	      case 'X':
-		change->flags |= MODE_X_IF_ANY_X;
-		/* Fall through. */
-	      case 'x':
-		change->value |= ((S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
-				  & affected_masked);
-		break;
-	      case 's':
-		/* Set the setuid/gid bits if `u' or `g' is selected. */
-		change->value |= (S_ISUID | S_ISGID) & affected_masked;
-		break;
-	      case 't':
-		/* Set the "save text image" bit if `o' is selected. */
-		change->value |= S_ISVTX & affected_masked;
-		break;
-	      case 'u':
-		/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `u' bits
-		   on the same file.  */
-		if (change->value)
-		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = S_IRWXU;
-		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
-		break;
-	      case 'g':
-		/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `g' bits
-		   on the same file.  */
-		if (change->value)
-		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = S_IRWXG;
-		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
-		break;
-	      case 'o':
-		/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `o' bits
-		   on the same file.  */
-		if (change->value)
-		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = S_IRWXO;
-		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
-		break;
-	      default:
-		goto no_more_values;
-	      }
-	no_more_values:;
-	}
-  } while (*mode_string == ',');
-  if (*mode_string == 0)
-    return head;
-invalid:
-  mode_free (head);
-  return MODE_INVALID;
-}
-
-/* Return a file mode change operation that sets permissions to match those
-   of REF_FILE.  Return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE if REF_FILE can't be accessed.  */
-
-struct mode_change *
-mode_create_from_ref (const char *ref_file)
-{
-  struct mode_change *change;	/* the only change element */
-  struct stat ref_stats;
-
-  if (stat (ref_file, &ref_stats))
-    return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE;
-
-  change = talloc (struct mode_change);
-
-  if (change == NULL)
-    return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-
-  change->op = '=';
-  change->flags = 0;
-  change->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
-  change->value = ref_stats.st_mode;
-  change->next = NULL;
-
-  return change;
-}
-
-/* Return file mode OLDMODE, adjusted as indicated by the list of change
-   operations CHANGES.  If OLDMODE is a directory, the type `X'
-   change affects it even if no execute bits were set in OLDMODE.
-   The returned value has the S_IFMT bits cleared. */
-
-mode_t
-mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
-{
-  mode_t newmode;	/* The adjusted mode and one operand. */
-  mode_t value;		/* The other operand. */
-
-  newmode = oldmode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
-
-  for (; changes; changes = changes->next)
-    {
-      if (changes->flags & MODE_COPY_EXISTING)
-	{
-	  /* Isolate in `value' the bits in `newmode' to copy, given in
-	     the mask `changes->value'. */
-	  value = newmode & changes->value;
-
-	  if (changes->value & S_IRWXU)
-	    /* Copy `u' permissions onto `g' and `o'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IRUSR ? S_IRGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWUSR ? S_IWGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IXUSR ? S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH : 0));
-	  else if (changes->value & S_IRWXG)
-	    /* Copy `g' permissions onto `u' and `o'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IRGRP ? S_IRUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWGRP ? S_IWUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IXGRP ? S_IXUSR | S_IXOTH : 0));
-	  else
-	    /* Copy `o' permissions onto `u' and `g'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IROTH ? S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWOTH ? S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IXOTH ? S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP : 0));
-
-	  /* In order to change only `u', `g', or `o' permissions,
-	     or some combination thereof, clear unselected bits.
-	     This can not be done in mode_compile because the value
-	     to which the `changes->affected' mask is applied depends
-	     on the old mode of each file. */
-	  value &= changes->affected;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  value = changes->value;
-	  /* If `X', do not affect the execute bits if the file is not a
-	     directory and no execute bits are already set. */
-	  if ((changes->flags & MODE_X_IF_ANY_X)
-	      && !S_ISDIR (oldmode)
-	      && (newmode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)) == 0)
-	    /* Clear the execute bits. */
-	    value &= ~ (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH);
-	}
-
-      switch (changes->op)
-	{
-	case '=':
-	  /* Preserve the previous values in `newmode' of bits that are
-	     not affected by this change operation. */
-	  newmode = (newmode & ~changes->affected) | value;
-	  break;
-	case '+':
-	  newmode |= value;
-	  break;
-	case '-':
-	  newmode &= ~value;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-  return newmode;
-}
-
-/* Free the memory used by the list of file mode change operations
-   CHANGES. */
-
-void
-mode_free (register struct mode_change *changes)
-{
-  register struct mode_change *next;
-
-  while (changes)
-    {
-      next = changes->next;
-      free (changes);
-      changes = next;
-    }
-}

lib/prepargs.c

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 /* Parse arguments from a string and prepend them to an argv.
-   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
    any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

lib/print-copyr.c

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/* Print a copyright notice suitable for the current locale.
-   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "print-copyr.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include "unicodeio.h"
-#else
-# define unicode_to_mb(code, callback, error_callback, callback_arg) \
-    error_callback (code, callback_arg)
-#endif
-
-#define COPYRIGHT_SIGN 0x00A9
-
-/* Print "(C)".  */
-
-static int
-print_parenthesized_c (unsigned int code, void *callback_arg)
-{
-  FILE *stream = callback_arg;
-  return fputs ("(C)", stream);
-}
-
-/* Print "Copyright (C) " followed by NOTICE and then a newline,
-   transliterating "(C)" to an actual copyright sign (C-in-a-circle)
-   if possible.  */
-
-void
-print_copyright (char const *notice)
-{
-  fputs ("Copyright ", stdout);
-  unicode_to_mb (COPYRIGHT_SIGN, print_unicode_char, print_parenthesized_c,
-		 stdout);
-  fputc (' ', stdout);
-  puts (notice);
-}

lib/print-copyr.h

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(args) args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-void print_copyright PARAMS((char const *));

lib/printf-parse.c

@@ -1,535 +0,0 @@
-/* Formatted output to strings.
-   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-# include "wprintf-parse.h"
-#else
-# include "printf-parse.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Get size_t, NULL.  */
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/* Get intmax_t.  */
-#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
-# include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-/* malloc(), realloc(), free().  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
-#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
-# define CHAR_T wchar_t
-# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
-# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
-#else
-# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
-# define CHAR_T char
-# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
-# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STATIC
-STATIC
-#endif
-int
-PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
-{
-  const CHAR_T *cp = format;		/* pointer into format */
-  size_t arg_posn = 0;		/* number of regular arguments consumed */
-  size_t d_allocated;			/* allocated elements of d->dir */
-  size_t a_allocated;			/* allocated elements of a->arg */
-  size_t max_width_length = 0;
-  size_t max_precision_length = 0;
-
-  d->count = 0;
-  d_allocated = 1;
-  d->dir = malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
-  if (d->dir == NULL)
-    /* Out of memory.  */
-    return -1;
-
-  a->count = 0;
-  a_allocated = 0;
-  a->arg = NULL;
-
-#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
-  {									\
-    size_t n = (_index_);						\
-    if (n >= a_allocated)						\
-      {									\
-	size_t memory_size;						\
-	argument *memory;						\
-									\
-	a_allocated *= 2;						\
-	if (a_allocated <= n)						\
-	  a_allocated = n + 1;						\
-	if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (argument) < a_allocated)			\
-	  /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */			\
-	  goto error;							\
-	memory_size = a_allocated * sizeof (argument);			\
-	memory = (a->arg						\
-		  ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size)			\
-		  : malloc (memory_size));				\
-	if (memory == NULL)						\
-	  /* Out of memory.  */						\
-	  goto error;							\
-	a->arg = memory;						\
-      }									\
-    while (a->count <= n)						\
-      a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE;				\
-    if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE)					\
-      a->arg[n].type = (_type_);					\
-    else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_))				\
-      /* Ambiguous type for positional argument.  */			\
-      goto error;							\
-  }
-
-  while (*cp != '\0')
-    {
-      CHAR_T c = *cp++;
-      if (c == '%')
-	{
-	  size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
-	  DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */
-
-	  /* Initialize the next directive.  */
-	  dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
-	  dp->flags = 0;
-	  dp->width_start = NULL;
-	  dp->width_end = NULL;
-	  dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
-	  dp->precision_start = NULL;
-	  dp->precision_end = NULL;
-	  dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
-	  dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
-
-	  /* Test for positional argument.  */
-	  if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
-	    {
-	      const CHAR_T *np;
-
-	      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
-		;
-	      if (*np == '$')
-		{
-		  size_t n = 0;
-
-		  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
-		    if (n < SIZE_MAX / 10)
-		      n = 10 * n + (*np - '0');
-		    else
-		      /* n too large for memory.  */
-		      goto error;
-		  if (n == 0)
-		    /* Positional argument 0.  */
-		    goto error;
-		  arg_index = n - 1;
-		  cp = np + 1;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  /* Read the flags.  */
-	  for (;;)
-	    {
-	      if (*cp == '\'')
-		{
-		  dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
-		  cp++;
-		}
-	      else if (*cp == '-')
-		{
-		  dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
-		  cp++;
-		}
-	      else if (*cp == '+')
-		{
-		  dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
-		  cp++;
-		}
-	      else if (*cp == ' ')
-		{
-		  dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
-		  cp++;
-		}
-	      else if (*cp == '#')
-		{
-		  dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
-		  cp++;
-		}
-	      else if (*cp == '0')
-		{
-		  dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
-		  cp++;
-		}
-	      else
-		break;
-	    }
-
-	  /* Parse the field width.  */
-	  if (*cp == '*')
-	    {
-	      dp->width_start = cp;
-	      cp++;
-	      dp->width_end = cp;
-	      if (max_width_length < 1)
-		max_width_length = 1;
-
-	      /* Test for positional argument.  */
-	      if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
-		{
-		  const CHAR_T *np;
-
-		  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
-		    ;
-		  if (*np == '$')
-		    {
-		      size_t n = 0;
-
-		      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
-			if (n < SIZE_MAX / 10)
-			  n = 10 * n + (*np - '0');
-			else
-			  /* n too large for memory.  */
-			  goto error;
-		      if (n == 0)
-			/* Positional argument 0.  */
-			goto error;
-		      dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
-		      cp = np + 1;
-		    }
-		}
-	      if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
-		{
-		  dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
-		  if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
-		    /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
-		    goto error;
-		}
-	      REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
-	    }
-	  else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
-	    {
-	      size_t width_length;
-
-	      dp->width_start = cp;
-	      for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
-		;
-	      dp->width_end = cp;
-	      width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
-	      if (max_width_length < width_length)
-		max_width_length = width_length;
-	    }
-
-	  /* Parse the precision.  */
-	  if (*cp == '.')
-	    {
-	      cp++;
-	      if (*cp == '*')
-		{
-		  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
-		  cp++;
-		  dp->precision_end = cp;
-		  if (max_precision_length < 2)
-		    max_precision_length = 2;
-
-		  /* Test for positional argument.  */
-		  if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
-		    {
-		      const CHAR_T *np;
-
-		      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
-			;
-		      if (*np == '$')
-			{
-			  size_t n = 0;
-
-			  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
-			    if (n < SIZE_MAX / 10)
-			      n = 10 * n + (*np - '0');
-			    else
-			      /* n too large for memory.  */
-			      goto error;
-			  if (n == 0)
-			    /* Positional argument 0.  */
-			    goto error;
-			  dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
-			  cp = np + 1;
-			}
-		    }
-		  if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
-		    {
-		      dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
-		      if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
-			/* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
-			goto error;
-		    }
-		  REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  size_t precision_length;
-
-		  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
-		  for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
-		    ;
-		  dp->precision_end = cp;
-		  precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
-		  if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
-		    max_precision_length = precision_length;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  {
-	    arg_type type;
-
-	    /* Parse argument type/size specifiers.  */
-	    {
-	      int flags = 0;
-
-	      for (;;)
-		{
-		  if (*cp == 'h')
-		    {
-		      flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
-		      cp++;
-		    }
-		  else if (*cp == 'L')
-		    {
-		      flags |= 4;
-		      cp++;
-		    }
-		  else if (*cp == 'l')
-		    {
-		      flags += 8;
-		      cp++;
-		    }
-#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T
-		  else if (*cp == 'j')
-		    {
-		      if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
-			{
-			  /* intmax_t = long long */
-			  flags += 16;
-			}
-		      else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
-			{
-			  /* intmax_t = long */
-			  flags += 8;
-			}
-		      cp++;
-		    }
-#endif
-		  else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
-		    {
-		      /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
-			 because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
-			 only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784).  */
-		      if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
-			{
-			  /* size_t = long long */
-			  flags += 16;
-			}
-		      else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
-			{
-			  /* size_t = long */
-			  flags += 8;
-			}
-		      cp++;
-		    }
-		  else if (*cp == 't')
-		    {
-		      if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
-			{
-			  /* ptrdiff_t = long long */
-			  flags += 16;
-			}
-		      else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
-			{
-			  /* ptrdiff_t = long */
-			  flags += 8;
-			}
-		      cp++;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    break;
-		}
-
-	      /* Read the conversion character.  */
-	      c = *cp++;
-	      switch (c)
-		{
-		case 'd': case 'i':
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
-		    type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
-		  else
-#endif
-		  if (flags >= 8)
-		    type = TYPE_LONGINT;
-		  else if (flags & 2)
-		    type = TYPE_SCHAR;
-		  else if (flags & 1)
-		    type = TYPE_SHORT;
-		  else
-		    type = TYPE_INT;
-		  break;
-		case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
-		    type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
-		  else
-#endif
-		  if (flags >= 8)
-		    type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
-		  else if (flags & 2)
-		    type = TYPE_UCHAR;
-		  else if (flags & 1)
-		    type = TYPE_USHORT;
-		  else
-		    type = TYPE_UINT;
-		  break;
-		case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
-		case 'a': case 'A':
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
-		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
-		    type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
-		  else
-#endif
-		  type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
-		  break;
-		case 'c':
-		  if (flags >= 8)
-#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
-		    type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
-#else
-		    goto error;
-#endif
-		  else
-		    type = TYPE_CHAR;
-		  break;
-#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
-		case 'C':
-		  type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
-		  c = 'c';
-		  break;
-#endif
-		case 's':
-		  if (flags >= 8)
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
-		    type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
-#else
-		    goto error;
-#endif
-		  else
-		    type = TYPE_STRING;
-		  break;
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
-		case 'S':
-		  type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
-		  c = 's';
-		  break;
-#endif
-		case 'p':
-		  type = TYPE_POINTER;
-		  break;
-		case 'n':
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
-		    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
-		  else
-#endif
-		  if (flags >= 8)
-		    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
-		  else if (flags & 2)
-		    type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
-		  else if (flags & 1)
-		    type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
-		  else
-		    type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
-		  break;
-		case '%':
-		  type = TYPE_NONE;
-		  break;
-		default:
-		  /* Unknown conversion character.  */
-		  goto error;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    if (type != TYPE_NONE)
-	      {
-		dp->arg_index = arg_index;
-		if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
-		  {
-		    dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
-		    if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
-		      /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
-		      goto error;
-		  }
-		REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
-	      }
-	    dp->conversion = c;
-	    dp->dir_end = cp;
-	  }
-
-	  d->count++;
-	  if (d->count >= d_allocated)
-	    {
-	      DIRECTIVE *memory;
-
-	      if (SIZE_MAX / (2 * sizeof (DIRECTIVE)) < d_allocated)
-		/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
-		goto error;
-	      d_allocated *= 2;
-	      memory = realloc (d->dir, d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
-	      if (memory == NULL)
-		/* Out of memory.  */
-		goto error;
-	      d->dir = memory;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
-
-  d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
-  d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
-  return 0;
-
-error:
-  if (a->arg)
-    free (a->arg);
-  if (d->dir)
-    free (d->dir);
-  return -1;
-}
-
-#undef DIRECTIVES
-#undef DIRECTIVE
-#undef CHAR_T
-#undef PRINTF_PARSE

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -1,658 +0,0 @@
-/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <quotearg.h>
-#include <xalloc.h>
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(text) gettext (text)
-#else
-# define _(text) text
-#endif
-#define N_(text) text
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef CHAR_BIT
-# define CHAR_BIT 8
-#endif
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
-# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX ((unsigned int) -1)
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
-# define ALERT_CHAR '\a'
-#else
-# define ALERT_CHAR '\7'
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
-
-/* BSD/OS 4.1 wchar.h requires FILE and struct tm to be declared.  */
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include <time.h>
-
-# include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
-/* Disable multibyte processing entirely.  Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
-   other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
-   syntax.  */
-# undef MB_CUR_MAX
-# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
-# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
-# define mbsinit(ps) 1
-# define iswprint(wc) ISPRINT ((unsigned char) (wc))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef iswprint
-# if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-#  include <wctype.h>
-# endif
-# if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
-#  define iswprint(wc) 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
-
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-#else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
-
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
-#undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
-
-struct quoting_options
-{
-  /* Basic quoting style.  */
-  enum quoting_style style;
-
-  /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
-     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
-  int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
-};
-
-/* Names of quoting styles.  */
-char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
-{
-  "literal",
-  "shell",
-  "shell-always",
-  "c",
-  "escape",
-  "locale",
-  "clocale",
-  0
-};
-
-/* Correspondences to quoting style names.  */
-enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
-{
-  literal_quoting_style,
-  shell_quoting_style,
-  shell_always_quoting_style,
-  c_quoting_style,
-  escape_quoting_style,
-  locale_quoting_style,
-  clocale_quoting_style
-};
-
-/* The default quoting options.  */
-static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
-
-/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
-   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
-   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
-struct quoting_options *
-clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
-{
-  struct quoting_options *p
-    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
-  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
-enum quoting_style
-get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
-{
-  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
-}
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
-void
-set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
-{
-  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
-}
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
-   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
-   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
-   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
-int
-set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
-{
-  unsigned char uc = c;
-  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
-  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
-  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
-  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
-  return r;
-}
-
-/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
-   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.  */
-static char const *
-gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
-{
-  char const *translation = _(msgid);
-  if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
-    translation = "\"";
-  return translation;
-}
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
-   non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
-
-   This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
-   ARGSIZE, O), except it uses QUOTING_STYLE instead of the quoting
-   style specified by O, and O may not be null.  */
-
-static size_t
-quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-			  char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-			  enum quoting_style quoting_style,
-			  struct quoting_options const *o)
-{
-  size_t i;
-  size_t len = 0;
-  char const *quote_string = 0;
-  size_t quote_string_len = 0;
-  int backslash_escapes = 0;
-  int unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
-
-#define STORE(c) \
-    do \
-      { \
-	if (len < buffersize) \
-	  buffer[len] = (c); \
-	len++; \
-      } \
-    while (0)
-
-  switch (quoting_style)
-    {
-    case c_quoting_style:
-      STORE ('"');
-      backslash_escapes = 1;
-      quote_string = "\"";
-      quote_string_len = 1;
-      break;
-
-    case escape_quoting_style:
-      backslash_escapes = 1;
-      break;
-
-    case locale_quoting_style:
-    case clocale_quoting_style:
-      {
-	/* Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
-
-	   The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
-	   quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
-	   "'".  If the catalog has no translation,
-	   locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
-	   clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
-
-	   For example, an American English Unicode locale should
-	   translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
-	   should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
-	   MARK).  A British English Unicode locale should instead
-	   translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
-	   U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively.  */
-
-	char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
-	char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
-	for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
-	  STORE (*quote_string);
-	backslash_escapes = 1;
-	quote_string = right;
-	quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case shell_always_quoting_style:
-      STORE ('\'');
-      quote_string = "'";
-      quote_string_len = 1;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
-    {
-      unsigned char c;
-      unsigned char esc;
-
-      if (backslash_escapes
-	  && quote_string_len
-	  && i + quote_string_len <= argsize
-	  && memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
-	STORE ('\\');
-
-      c = arg[i];
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '\0':
-	  if (backslash_escapes)
-	    {
-	      STORE ('\\');
-	      STORE ('0');
-	      STORE ('0');
-	      c = '0';
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  switch (quoting_style)
-	    {
-	    case shell_quoting_style:
-	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-
-	    case c_quoting_style:
-	      if (i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
-		switch (arg[i + 2])
-		  {
-		  case '!': case '\'':
-		  case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
-		  case '<': case '=': case '>':
-		    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
-		       a trigraph.  */
-		    i += 2;
-		    c = arg[i + 2];
-		    STORE ('?');
-		    STORE ('\\');
-		    STORE ('?');
-		    break;
-		  }
-	      break;
-
-	    default:
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case ALERT_CHAR: esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\\': esc = c; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-
-	c_and_shell_escape:
-	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
-	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-	c_escape:
-	  if (backslash_escapes)
-	    {
-	      c = esc;
-	      goto store_escape;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '#': case '~':
-	  if (i != 0)
-	    break;
-	  /* Fall through.  */
-	case ' ':
-	case '!': /* special in bash */
-	case '"': case '$': case '&':
-	case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
-	case '<': case '>': case '[':
-	case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
-	case '`': case '|':
-	  /* A shell special character.  In theory, '$' and '`' could
-	     be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
-	     we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
-	     doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about.  */
-	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
-	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-	  break;
-
-	case '\'':
-	  switch (quoting_style)
-	    {
-	    case shell_quoting_style:
-	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-
-	    case shell_always_quoting_style:
-	      STORE ('\'');
-	      STORE ('\\');
-	      STORE ('\'');
-	      break;
-
-	    default:
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
-	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
-	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':': case '=':
-	case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
-	case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
-	case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
-	case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
-	case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
-	case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
-	case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
-	case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
-	case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
-	case '{': case '}':
-	  /* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
-	     quoting style is.  They cannot start multibyte sequences.  */
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  /* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
-	     its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
-	     state.  For C-like styles, if the sequence has
-	     unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
-	     we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
-	  {
-	    /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
-	    size_t m;
-
-	    int printable;
-
-	    if (unibyte_locale)
-	      {
-		m = 1;
-		printable = ISPRINT (c);
-	      }
-	    else
-	      {
-		mbstate_t mbstate;
-		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
-
-		m = 0;
-		printable = 1;
-		if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
-		  argsize = strlen (arg);
-
-		do
-		  {
-		    wchar_t w;
-		    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
-					    argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
-		    if (bytes == 0)
-		      break;
-		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
-		      {
-			printable = 0;
-			break;
-		      }
-		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
-		      {
-			printable = 0;
-			while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
-			  m++;
-			break;
-		      }
-		    else
-		      {
-			if (! iswprint (w))
-			  printable = 0;
-			m += bytes;
-		      }
-		  }
-		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
-	      }
-
-	    if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
-	      {
-		/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
-		   unprintable unibyte character.  */
-		size_t ilim = i + m;
-
-		for (;;)
-		  {
-		    if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
-		      {
-			STORE ('\\');
-			STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
-			STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
-			c = '0' + (c & 7);
-		      }
-		    if (ilim <= i + 1)
-		      break;
-		    STORE (c);
-		    c = arg[++i];
-		  }
-
-		goto store_c;
-	      }
-	  }
-	}
-
-      if (! (backslash_escapes
-	     && o->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
-	goto store_c;
-
-    store_escape:
-      STORE ('\\');
-
-    store_c:
-      STORE (c);
-    }
-
-  if (quote_string)
-    for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
-      STORE (*quote_string);
-
-  if (len < buffersize)
-    buffer[len] = '\0';
-  return len;
-
- use_shell_always_quoting_style:
-  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
-				   shell_always_quoting_style, o);
-}
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
-   If O is null, use the default.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
-size_t
-quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-		 struct quoting_options const *o)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
-  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
-				   p->style, p);
-}
-
-/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
-   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is -1, ARG is a null-terminated string.
-   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
-   The returned value points to static storage that can be
-   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
-   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
-static char *
-quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-		    struct quoting_options const *options)
-{
-  /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
-     one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
-  static char slot0[256];
-  static unsigned int nslots = 1;
-  unsigned int n0 = n;
-  struct slotvec
-    {
-      size_t size;
-      char *val;
-    };
-  static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
-  static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
-
-  if (n < 0)
-    abort ();
-
-  if (nslots <= n0)
-    {
-      unsigned int n1 = n0 + 1;
-      size_t s = n1 * sizeof *slotvec;
-
-      if (SIZE_MAX / UINT_MAX <= sizeof *slotvec
-	  && n1 != s / sizeof *slotvec)
-	xalloc_die ();
-
-      if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
-	{
-	  slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof *slotvec);
-	  *slotvec = slotvec0;
-	}
-      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
-      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *slotvec);
-      nslots = n1;
-    }
-
-  {
-    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
-    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
-    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
-
-    if (size <= qsize)
-      {
-	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
-	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
-	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
-      }
-
-    return val;
-  }
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &default_quoting_options);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg (char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
-}
-
-/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
-static struct quoting_options
-quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
-{
-  struct quoting_options o;
-  o.style = style;
-  memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
-  return o;
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &o);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
-		      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
-{
-  struct quoting_options options;
-  options = default_quoting_options;
-  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
-  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, (size_t) -1, &options);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
-}

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
-
-/* Basic quoting styles.  */
-enum quoting_style
-  {
-    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
-    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
-    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
-    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
-    escape_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=escape */
-  };
-
-/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but
-   this is planned to change to --quoting-style=shell in the future.  */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
-# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
-#endif
-
-/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
-extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
-extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
-
-struct quoting_options;
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
-   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
-
-/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
-   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
-   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
-struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
-   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
-
-/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
-enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
-void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
-				enum quoting_style s));
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
-   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
-   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
-   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
-int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
-   If O is null, use the default.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
-size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-				char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-				struct quoting_options const *o));
-
-/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
-   Use the default quoting options.
-   The returned value points to static storage that can be
-   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  */
-char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
-
-/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
-char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
-
-/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
-char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
-
-/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
-char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));

lib/safe-read.h

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-ssize_t full_write PARAMS ((int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len));
-ssize_t safe_read PARAMS ((int desc, void *ptr, size_t len));

lib/savedir.c

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
-
-   Copyright 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-# include <dirent.h>
-#else
-# define dirent direct
-# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
-#  include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
-#  include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_NDIR_H
-#  include <ndir.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
-/* Fake a return value. */
-# define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
-#else
-# define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef NULL
-# define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-#include "savedir.h"
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the filenames
-   in directory DIR, separated by '\0' characters;
-   the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
-   Return NULL (setting errno) if DIR cannot be opened, read, or closed.  */
-
-#ifndef NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT
-# define NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT 512
-#endif
-
-char *
-savedir (const char *dir)
-{
-  DIR *dirp;
-  struct dirent *dp;
-  char *name_space;
-  size_t allocated = NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT;
-  size_t used = 0;
-  int save_errno;
-
-  dirp = opendir (dir);
-  if (dirp == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  name_space = xmalloc (allocated);
-
-  errno = 0;
-  while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
-    {
-      /* Skip "", ".", and "..".  "" is returned by at least one buggy
-         implementation: Solaris 2.4 readdir on NFS filesystems.  */
-      char const *entry = dp->d_name;
-      if (entry[entry[0] != '.' ? 0 : entry[1] != '.' ? 1 : 2] != '\0')
-	{
-	  size_t entry_size = strlen (entry) + 1;
-	  if (used + entry_size < used)
-	    xalloc_die ();
-	  if (allocated <= used + entry_size)
-	    {
-	      do
-		{
-		  if (2 * allocated < allocated)
-		    xalloc_die ();
-		  allocated *= 2;
-		}
-	      while (allocated <= used + entry_size);
-
-	      name_space = xrealloc (name_space, allocated);
-	    }
-	  memcpy (name_space + used, entry, entry_size);
-	  used += entry_size;
-	}
-    }
-  name_space[used] = '\0';
-  save_errno = errno;
-  if (CLOSEDIR (dirp) != 0)
-    save_errno = errno;
-  if (save_errno != 0)
-    {
-      free (name_space);
-      errno = save_errno;
-      return NULL;
-    }
-  return name_space;
-}

lib/savedir.h

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-#if !defined SAVEDIR_H_
-# define SAVEDIR_H_
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-char *savedir PARAMS ((const char *dir));
-
-#endif

lib/stdopen.c

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /* stdopen.c - ensure that the three standard file descriptors are in use
 
-   Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
    any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

lib/strtoimax.c

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/* Convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
-#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
-
-#ifdef UNSIGNED
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-# endif
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
-unsigned long strtoul PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-# endif
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
-unsigned long long strtoull PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
-# endif
-
-#else
-
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-# endif
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
-long strtol PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-# endif
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL && HAVE_LONG_LONG
-long long strtoll PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef UNSIGNED
-# undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-# define HAVE_LONG_LONG HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
-# define INT uintmax_t
-# define strtoimax strtoumax
-# define strtol strtoul
-# define strtoll strtoull
-#else
-# define INT intmax_t
-#endif
-
-INT
-strtoimax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
-{
-#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
-  verify (size_is_that_of_long_or_long_long,
-	  (sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long)
-	   || sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long long)));
-
-  if (sizeof (INT) != sizeof (long))
-    return strtoll (ptr, endptr, base);
-#else
-  verify (size_is_that_of_long,
-	  sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long));
-#endif
-
-  return strtol (ptr, endptr, base);
-}

lib/strtoumax.c

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-#define UNSIGNED 1
-#include "strtoimax.c"

lib/unicodeio.c

@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
-/* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
-
-/* Note: This file requires the locale_charset() function.  See in
-   libiconv-1.7/libcharset/INTEGRATE for how to obtain it.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-# include <iconv.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <error.h>
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# define gettext(Text) Text
-#endif
-#define _(Text) gettext (Text)
-#define N_(Text) Text
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include "unicodeio.h"
-
-/* When we pass a Unicode character to iconv(), we must pass it in a
-   suitable encoding. The standardized Unicode encodings are
-   UTF-8, UCS-2, UCS-4, UTF-16, UTF-16BE, UTF-16LE, UTF-7.
-   UCS-2 supports only characters up to \U0000FFFF.
-   UTF-16 and variants support only characters up to \U0010FFFF.
-   UTF-7 is way too complex and not supported by glibc-2.1.
-   UCS-4 specification leaves doubts about endianness and byte order
-   mark. glibc currently interprets it as big endian without byte order
-   mark, but this is not backed by an RFC.
-   So we use UTF-8. It supports characters up to \U7FFFFFFF and is
-   unambiguously defined.  */
-
-/* Stores the UTF-8 representation of the Unicode character wc in r[0..5].
-   Returns the number of bytes stored, or -1 if wc is out of range.  */
-static int
-utf8_wctomb (unsigned char *r, unsigned int wc)
-{
-  int count;
-
-  if (wc < 0x80)
-    count = 1;
-  else if (wc < 0x800)
-    count = 2;
-  else if (wc < 0x10000)
-    count = 3;
-  else if (wc < 0x200000)
-    count = 4;
-  else if (wc < 0x4000000)
-    count = 5;
-  else if (wc <= 0x7fffffff)
-    count = 6;
-  else
-    return -1;
-
-  switch (count)
-    {
-      /* Note: code falls through cases! */
-      case 6: r[5] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x4000000;
-      case 5: r[4] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x200000;
-      case 4: r[3] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x10000;
-      case 3: r[2] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x800;
-      case 2: r[1] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0xc0;
-      case 1: r[0] = wc;
-    }
-
-  return count;
-}
-
-/* Luckily, the encoding's name is platform independent.  */
-#define UTF8_NAME "UTF-8"
-
-/* Converts the Unicode character CODE to its multibyte representation
-   in the current locale and calls the SUCCESS callback on the resulting
-   byte sequence.  If an error occurs, invokes the FAILURE callback instead,
-   passing it CODE and an English error string.
-   Returns whatever the callback returned.
-   Assumes that the locale doesn't change between two calls.  */
-long
-unicode_to_mb (unsigned int code,
-	       long (*success) PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t buflen,
-					void *callback_arg)),
-	       long (*failure) PARAMS ((unsigned int code, const char *msg,
-					void *callback_arg)),
-	       void *callback_arg)
-{
-  static int initialized;
-  static int is_utf8;
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-  static iconv_t utf8_to_local;
-#endif
-
-  char inbuf[6];
-  int count;
-
-  if (!initialized)
-    {
-      extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
-      const char *charset = locale_charset ();
-
-      is_utf8 = !strcmp (charset, UTF8_NAME);
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-      if (!is_utf8)
-	{
-	  utf8_to_local = iconv_open (charset, UTF8_NAME);
-	  if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
-	    /* For an unknown encoding, assume ASCII.  */
-	    utf8_to_local = iconv_open ("ASCII", UTF8_NAME);
-	}
-#endif
-      initialized = 1;
-    }
-
-  /* Test whether the utf8_to_local converter is available at all.  */
-  if (!is_utf8)
-    {
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-      if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
-	return failure (code, N_("iconv function not usable"), callback_arg);
-#else
-      return failure (code, N_("iconv function not available"), callback_arg);
-#endif
-    }
-
-  /* Convert the character to UTF-8.  */
-  count = utf8_wctomb ((unsigned char *) inbuf, code);
-  if (count < 0)
-    return failure (code, N_("character out of range"), callback_arg);
-
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-  if (!is_utf8)
-    {
-      char outbuf[25];
-      const char *inptr;
-      size_t inbytesleft;
-      char *outptr;
-      size_t outbytesleft;
-      size_t res;
-
-      inptr = inbuf;
-      inbytesleft = count;
-      outptr = outbuf;
-      outbytesleft = sizeof (outbuf);
-
-      /* Convert the character from UTF-8 to the locale's charset.  */
-      res = iconv (utf8_to_local,
-		   (ICONV_CONST char **)&inptr, &inbytesleft,
-		   &outptr, &outbytesleft);
-      if (inbytesleft > 0 || res == (size_t)(-1)
-	  /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert. */
-# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && (defined sgi || defined __sgi)
-	  || (res > 0 && code != 0 && outptr - outbuf == 1 && *outbuf == '\0')
-# endif
-         )
-	return failure (code, NULL, callback_arg);
-
-      /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7 bug.  */
-# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
-    || !((__GLIBC__ - 0 == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ - 0 <= 1) || defined __sun)
-
-      /* Get back to the initial shift state.  */
-      res = iconv (utf8_to_local, NULL, NULL, &outptr, &outbytesleft);
-      if (res == (size_t)(-1))
-	return failure (code, NULL, callback_arg);
-# endif
-
-      return success (outbuf, outptr - outbuf, callback_arg);
-    }
-#endif
-
-  /* At this point, is_utf8 is true, so no conversion is needed.  */
-  return success (inbuf, count, callback_arg);
-}
-
-/* Simple success callback that outputs the converted string.
-   The STREAM is passed as callback_arg.  */
-long
-fwrite_success_callback (const char *buf, size_t buflen, void *callback_arg)
-{
-  FILE *stream = (FILE *) callback_arg;
-
-  fwrite (buf, 1, buflen, stream);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Simple failure callback that displays an error and exits.  */
-static long
-exit_failure_callback (unsigned int code, const char *msg, void *callback_arg)
-{
-  if (msg == NULL)
-    error (1, 0, _("cannot convert U+%04X to local character set"), code);
-  else
-    error (1, 0, _("cannot convert U+%04X to local character set: %s"), code,
-	   gettext (msg));
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/* Simple failure callback that displays a fallback representation in plain
-   ASCII, using the same notation as ISO C99 strings.  */
-static long
-fallback_failure_callback (unsigned int code, const char *msg, void *callback_arg)
-{
-  FILE *stream = (FILE *) callback_arg;
-
-  if (code < 0x10000)
-    fprintf (stream, "\\u%04X", code);
-  else
-    fprintf (stream, "\\U%08X", code);
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/* Outputs the Unicode character CODE to the output stream STREAM.
-   Upon failure, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise output a fallback
-   notation.  */
-void
-print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code, int exit_on_error)
-{
-  unicode_to_mb (code, fwrite_success_callback,
-		 exit_on_error
-		 ? exit_failure_callback
-		 : fallback_failure_callback,
-		 stream);
-}

lib/unicodeio.h

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef UNICODEIO_H
-# define UNICODEIO_H
-
-# include <stdio.h>
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-/* Outputs the Unicode character CODE to the output stream STREAM.
-   Upon failure, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise output a fallback
-   notation.  */
-extern void print_unicode_char PARAMS ((FILE *stream, unsigned int code,
-					int exit_on_error));
-
-/* Simple success callback that outputs the converted string.
-   The STREAM is passed as callback_arg.  */
-extern long fwrite_success_callback PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t buflen,
-					     void *callback_arg));
-
-#endif

lib/vasnprintf.c

@@ -1,918 +0,0 @@
-/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf().
-   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
-   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
-#endif
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef IN_LIBINTL
-# include <alloca.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-# include "vasnwprintf.h"
-#else
-# include "vasnprintf.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>	/* snprintf(), sprintf() */
-#include <stdlib.h>	/* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
-#include <string.h>	/* memcpy(), strlen() */
-#include <errno.h>	/* errno */
-#include <limits.h>	/* CHAR_BIT, INT_MAX */
-#include <float.h>	/* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */
-#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-# include "wprintf-parse.h"
-#else
-# include "printf-parse.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
-/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW.  */
-#ifndef EOVERFLOW
-# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
-# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
-#  define local_wcslen wcslen
-# else
-   /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
-      a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute.
-      Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included
-      twice in the same compilation unit.  */
-#  ifndef local_wcslen_defined
-#   define local_wcslen_defined 1
-static size_t
-local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s)
-{
-  const wchar_t *ptr;
-
-  for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++)
-    ;
-  return ptr - s;
-}
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf
-# define CHAR_T wchar_t
-# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
-# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
-# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
-# define USE_SNPRINTF 1
-# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
-   /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than
-      on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead.  */
-#  define SNPRINTF _snwprintf
-# else
-   /* Unix.  */
-#  define SNPRINTF swprintf
-# endif
-#else
-# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf
-# define CHAR_T char
-# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
-# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
-# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
-# define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF)
-# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
-   /* Windows.  */
-#  define SNPRINTF _snprintf
-# else
-   /* Unix.  */
-#  define SNPRINTF snprintf
-# endif
-#endif
-
-CHAR_T *
-VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args)
-{
-  DIRECTIVES d;
-  arguments a;
-
-  if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0)
-    {
-      errno = EINVAL;
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-#define CLEANUP() \
-  free (d.dir);								\
-  if (a.arg)								\
-    free (a.arg);
-
-  if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0)
-    {
-      CLEANUP ();
-      errno = EINVAL;
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  {
-    size_t buf_neededlength;
-    CHAR_T *buf;
-    CHAR_T *buf_malloced;
-    const CHAR_T *cp;
-    size_t i;
-    DIRECTIVE *dp;
-    /* Output string accumulator.  */
-    CHAR_T *result;
-    size_t allocated;
-    size_t length;
-
-    /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to
-       sprintf or snprintf.  */
-    buf_neededlength = 7 + d.max_width_length + d.max_precision_length + 6;
-#if HAVE_ALLOCA
-    if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T))
-      {
-	buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
-	buf_malloced = NULL;
-      }
-    else
-#endif
-      {
-	if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (CHAR_T) < buf_neededlength)
-	  goto out_of_memory_1;
-	buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
-	if (buf == NULL)
-	  goto out_of_memory_1;
-	buf_malloced = buf;
-      }
-
-    if (resultbuf != NULL)
-      {
-	result = resultbuf;
-	allocated = *lengthp;
-      }
-    else
-      {
-	result = NULL;
-	allocated = 0;
-      }
-    length = 0;
-    /* Invariants:
-       result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated.
-       If length > 0, then result != NULL.  */
-
-    /* Ensures that allocated >= length + extra.  Aborts through a jump to
-       out_of_memory if size is too big.  */
-#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(extra) \
-  {									     \
-    size_t needed = length + (extra);					     \
-    if (needed < length)						     \
-      goto out_of_memory;						     \
-    if (needed > allocated)						     \
-      {									     \
-	size_t memory_size;						     \
-	CHAR_T *memory;							     \
-									     \
-	allocated = (allocated > 0 ? 2 * allocated : 12);		     \
-	if (needed > allocated)						     \
-	  allocated = needed;						     \
-	if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (CHAR_T) < allocated)			     \
-	  goto out_of_memory;						     \
-	memory_size = allocated * sizeof (CHAR_T);			     \
-	if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL)			     \
-	  memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size);			     \
-	else								     \
-	  memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size);		     \
-	if (memory == NULL)						     \
-	  goto out_of_memory;						     \
-	if (result == resultbuf && length > 0)				     \
-	  memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T));		     \
-	result = memory;						     \
-      }									     \
-  }
-
-    for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++)
-      {
-	if (cp != dp->dir_start)
-	  {
-	    size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp;
-
-	    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
-	    memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
-	    length += n;
-	  }
-	if (i == d.count)
-	  break;
-
-	/* Execute a single directive.  */
-	if (dp->conversion == '%')
-	  {
-	    if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE))
-	      abort ();
-	    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (1);
-	    result[length] = '%';
-	    length += 1;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE))
-	      abort ();
-
-	    if (dp->conversion == 'n')
-	      {
-		switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type)
-		  {
-		  case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
-		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length;
-		    break;
-		  case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
-		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length;
-		    break;
-		  case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
-		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length;
-		    break;
-		  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
-		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
-		    break;
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
-		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
-		    break;
-#endif
-		  default:
-		    abort ();
-		  }
-	      }
-	    else
-	      {
-		arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
-		CHAR_T *p;
-		unsigned int prefix_count;
-		int prefixes[2];
-#if !USE_SNPRINTF
-		size_t tmp_length;
-		CHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
-		CHAR_T *tmp;
-
-		/* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling
-		   sprintf.  */
-		{
-		  size_t width;
-		  size_t precision;
-
-		  width = 0;
-		  if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
-		    {
-		      if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
-			{
-			  int arg;
-
-			  if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
-			    abort ();
-			  arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
-			  width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg);
-			}
-		      else
-			{
-			  const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
-
-			  do
-			    {
-			      size_t w_tmp = width * 10 + (*digitp++ - '0');
-			      if (SIZE_MAX / 10 < width || w_tmp < width)
-				goto out_of_memory;
-			      width = w_tmp;
-			    }
-			  while (digitp != dp->width_end);
-			}
-		    }
-
-		  precision = 6;
-		  if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
-		    {
-		      if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
-			{
-			  int arg;
-
-			  if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
-			    abort ();
-			  arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
-			  precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg);
-			}
-		      else
-			{
-			  const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
-
-			  precision = 0;
-			  while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
-			    {
-			      size_t p1 = 10 * precision + (*digitp++ - '0');
-			      precision = ((SIZE_MAX / 10 < precision
-					    || p1 < precision)
-					   ? SIZE_MAX : p1);
-			    }
-			}
-		    }
-
-		  switch (dp->conversion)
-		    {
-
-		    case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
-# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      else
-# endif
-		      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      else
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      if (tmp_length < precision)
-			tmp_length = precision;
-		      /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP.  */
-		      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
-		      tmp_length = (tmp_length < SIZE_MAX / 2
-				    ? 2 * tmp_length + 1
-				    : SIZE_MAX);
-		      break;
-
-		    case 'o':
-# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      else
-# endif
-		      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      else
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      if (tmp_length < precision)
-			tmp_length = precision;
-		      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
-		      tmp_length += (tmp_length < SIZE_MAX);
-		      break;
-
-		    case 'x': case 'X':
-# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      else
-# endif
-		      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      else
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
-					  * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
-					 )
-			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
-		      if (tmp_length < precision)
-			tmp_length = precision;
-		      /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form.  */
-		      if (tmp_length <= SIZE_MAX / 2)
-			tmp_length *= 2;
-		      break;
-
-		    case 'f': case 'F':
-# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
-		      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
-					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
-					  * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
-					 )
-			  + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
-			  + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
-		      else
-# endif
-			tmp_length =
-			  (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP
-					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
-					  * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
-					 )
-			  + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
-			  + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
-		      tmp_length += precision;
-		      if (tmp_length < precision)
-			goto out_of_memory;
-		      break;
-
-		    case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
-		    case 'a': case 'A':
-		      tmp_length =
-			12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
-		      tmp_length += precision;
-		      if (tmp_length < precision)
-			goto out_of_memory;
-		      break;
-
-		    case 'c':
-# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-		      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
-			tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
-		      else
-# endif
-			tmp_length = 1;
-		      break;
-
-		    case 's':
-# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
-		      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
-			{
-			  tmp_length =
-			    local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string);
-
-#  if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			  if (SIZE_MAX / MB_CUR_MAX < tmp_length)
-			    goto out_of_memory;
-			  tmp_length *= MB_CUR_MAX;
-#  endif
-			}
-		      else
-# endif
-			tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string);
-		      break;
-
-		    case 'p':
-		      tmp_length =
-			(unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT
-					* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
-				       )
-			  + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
-			  + 2; /* account for leading 0x */
-		      break;
-
-		    default:
-		      abort ();
-		    }
-
-		  if (tmp_length < width)
-		    tmp_length = width;
-
-		  tmp_length++; /* account for trailing NUL */
-		  if (!tmp_length)
-		    goto out_of_memory;
-		}
-
-		if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T))
-		  tmp = tmpbuf;
-		else
-		  {
-		    if (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (CHAR_T) < tmp_length)
-		      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
-		      goto out_of_memory;
-		    tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_length * sizeof (CHAR_T));
-		    if (tmp == NULL)
-		      /* Out of memory.  */
-		      goto out_of_memory;
-		  }
-#endif
-
-		/* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or
-		   sprintf.  */
-		p = buf;
-		*p++ = '%';
-		if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP)
-		  *p++ = '\'';
-		if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)
-		  *p++ = '-';
-		if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
-		  *p++ = '+';
-		if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE)
-		  *p++ = ' ';
-		if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT)
-		  *p++ = '#';
-		if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO)
-		  *p++ = '0';
-		if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
-		  {
-		    size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
-		    memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
-		    p += n;
-		  }
-		if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
-		  {
-		    size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
-		    memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
-		    p += n;
-		  }
-
-		switch (type)
-		  {
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		  case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
-		  case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
-		    *p++ = 'l';
-		    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
-#endif
-		  case TYPE_LONGINT:
-		  case TYPE_ULONGINT:
-#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
-		  case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
-		  case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
-#endif
-		    *p++ = 'l';
-		    break;
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
-		  case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
-		    *p++ = 'L';
-		    break;
-#endif
-		  default:
-		    break;
-		  }
-		*p = dp->conversion;
-#if USE_SNPRINTF
-		p[1] = '%';
-		p[2] = 'n';
-		p[3] = '\0';
-#else
-		p[1] = '\0';
-#endif
-
-		/* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf.  */
-		prefix_count = 0;
-		if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
-		  {
-		    if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
-		      abort ();
-		    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
-		  }
-		if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
-		  {
-		    if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
-		      abort ();
-		    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
-		  }
-
-#if USE_SNPRINTF
-		/* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count
-		   via %n.  */
-		ENSURE_ALLOCATION (1);
-		result[length] = '\0';
-#endif
-
-		for (;;)
-		  {
-		    size_t maxlen;
-		    int count;
-		    int retcount;
-
-		    maxlen = allocated - length;
-		    count = -1;
-		    retcount = 0;
-
-#if USE_SNPRINTF
-# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
-		    switch (prefix_count)				    \
-		      {							    \
-		      case 0:						    \
-			retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
-					     arg, &count);		    \
-			break;						    \
-		      case 1:						    \
-			retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
-					     prefixes[0], arg, &count);	    \
-			break;						    \
-		      case 2:						    \
-			retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
-					     prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \
-					     &count);			    \
-			break;						    \
-		      default:						    \
-			abort ();					    \
-		      }
-#else
-# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
-		    switch (prefix_count)				    \
-		      {							    \
-		      case 0:						    \
-			count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg);		    \
-			break;						    \
-		      case 1:						    \
-			count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg);	    \
-			break;						    \
-		      case 2:						    \
-			count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\
-					 arg);				    \
-			break;						    \
-		      default:						    \
-			abort ();					    \
-		      }
-#endif
-
-		    switch (type)
-		      {
-		      case TYPE_SCHAR:
-			{
-			  int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      case TYPE_UCHAR:
-			{
-			  unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      case TYPE_SHORT:
-			{
-			  int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      case TYPE_USHORT:
-			{
-			  unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      case TYPE_INT:
-			{
-			  int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      case TYPE_UINT:
-			{
-			  unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      case TYPE_LONGINT:
-			{
-			  long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
-			{
-			  unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-		      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
-			{
-			  long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
-			{
-			  unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-#endif
-		      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
-			{
-			  double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
-		      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
-			{
-			  long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-#endif
-		      case TYPE_CHAR:
-			{
-			  int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
-		      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
-			{
-			  wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-#endif
-		      case TYPE_STRING:
-			{
-			  const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
-		      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
-			{
-			  const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-#endif
-		      case TYPE_POINTER:
-			{
-			  void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer;
-			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
-			}
-			break;
-		      default:
-			abort ();
-		      }
-
-#if USE_SNPRINTF
-		    /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf()
-		       are ISO C 99 compliant.  Determine the number of
-		       bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have
-		       produced.  */
-		    if (count >= 0)
-		      {
-			/* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its
-			   result.  */
-			if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0')
-			  abort ();
-			/* Portability hack.  */
-			if (retcount > count)
-			  count = retcount;
-		      }
-		    else
-		      {
-			/* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n'
-			   directive.  */
-			if (p[1] != '\0')
-			  {
-			    /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look
-			       at the snprintf() return value.  */
-			    p[1] = '\0';
-			    continue;
-			  }
-			else
-			  {
-			    /* Look at the snprintf() return value.  */
-			    if (retcount < 0)
-			      {
-				/* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient:
-				   It doesn't understand the '%n' directive,
-				   *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length
-				   that would have been required) when the
-				   buffer is too small.  */
-				size_t bigger_need =
-				  (allocated > 12 ? allocated : 12);
-				ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need);
-				continue;
-			      }
-			    else
-			      count = retcount;
-			  }
-		      }
-#endif
-
-		    /* Attempt to handle failure.  */
-		    if (count < 0)
-		      {
-			if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
-			  free (result);
-			if (buf_malloced != NULL)
-			  free (buf_malloced);
-			CLEANUP ();
-			errno = EINVAL;
-			return NULL;
-		      }
-
-#if !USE_SNPRINTF
-		    if (count >= tmp_length)
-		      /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
-			 code above!  */
-		      abort ();
-#endif
-
-		    /* Make room for the result.  */
-		    if (count >= maxlen)
-		      {
-			/* Need at least count bytes.  But allocate
-			   proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if
-			   snprintf() reports a too small count.  */
-			ENSURE_ALLOCATION (count < allocated
-					   ? allocated : count);
-#if USE_SNPRINTF
-			continue;
-#endif
-		      }
-
-#if USE_SNPRINTF
-		    /* The snprintf() result did fit.  */
-#else
-		    /* Append the sprintf() result.  */
-		    memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T));
-		    if (tmp != tmpbuf)
-		      free (tmp);
-#endif
-
-		    length += count;
-		    break;
-		  }
-	      }
-	  }
-      }
-
-    /* Add the final NUL.  */
-    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (1);
-    result[length] = '\0';
-
-    if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated)
-      {
-	/* Shrink the allocated memory if possible.  */
-	CHAR_T *memory;
-
-	memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T));
-	if (memory != NULL)
-	  result = memory;
-      }
-
-    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
-      free (buf_malloced);
-    CLEANUP ();
-    *lengthp = length;
-    if (length > INT_MAX)
-      goto length_overflow;
-    return result;
-
-  length_overflow:
-    /* We could produce such a big string, but its length doesn't fit into
-       an 'int'.  POSIX says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in
-       this case.  */
-    if (result != resultbuf)
-      free (result);
-    errno = EOVERFLOW;
-    return NULL;
-
-  out_of_memory:
-    if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
-      free (result);
-    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
-      free (buf_malloced);
-  out_of_memory_1:
-    CLEANUP ();
-    errno = ENOMEM;
-    return NULL;
-  }
-}
-
-#undef SNPRINTF
-#undef USE_SNPRINTF
-#undef PRINTF_PARSE
-#undef DIRECTIVES
-#undef DIRECTIVE
-#undef CHAR_T
-#undef VASNPRINTF

lib/waitpid.c

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* Emulate waitpid on systems that just have wait.
-   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 
-   51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#define WAITPID_CHILDREN 8
-static pid_t waited_pid[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
-static int waited_status[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
-
-pid_t
-waitpid (pid_t pid, int *stat_loc, int options)
-{
-  int i;
-  pid_t p;
-
-  if (!options && (pid == -1 || 0 < pid))
-    {
-      /* If we have already waited for this child, return it immediately.  */
-      for (i = 0;  i < WAITPID_CHILDREN;  i++)
-	{
-	  p = waited_pid[i];
-	  if (p && (p == pid || pid == -1))
-	    {
-	      waited_pid[i] = 0;
-	      goto success;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      /* The child has not returned yet; wait for it, accumulating status.  */
-      for (i = 0;  i < WAITPID_CHILDREN;  i++)
-	if (! waited_pid[i])
-	  {
-	    p = wait (&waited_status[i]);
-	    if (p < 0)
-	      return p;
-	    if (p == pid || pid == -1)
-	      goto success;
-	    waited_pid[i] = p;
-	  }
-    }
-
-  /* We cannot emulate this wait call, e.g. because of too many children.  */
-  errno = EINVAL;
-  return -1;
-
-success:
-  if (stat_loc)
-    *stat_loc = waited_status[i];
-  return p;
-}

lib/xalloc.h

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef XALLOC_H_
-# define XALLOC_H_
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef __attribute__
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#   define __attribute__(x)
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
-#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
-# endif
-
-/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
-   It is initialized to EXIT_FAILURE, but the caller may set it to
-   some other value.  */
-extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
-
-/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
-   allocation failure.  It is initialized to zero. */
-extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
-   message is output.  It is translated via gettext.
-   Its value is "memory exhausted".  */
-extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
-
-/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.  It is
-   in charge of honoring the three previous items.  This is the
-   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
-   memory allocation failure.  */
-extern void xalloc_die PARAMS ((void)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
-
-void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
-void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
-void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
-char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-# define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
-# define XCALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_items)))
-# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \
-  ((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
-
-/* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */
-# define NEW(Type, Var)  Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1)
-
-/* Free VAR only if non NULL. */
-# define XFREE(Var)	\
-   do {                 \
-      if (Var)          \
-        free (Var);     \
-   } while (0)
-
-/* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */
-# define CCLONE(Src, Num) \
-  (memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num)))
-
-/* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */
-# define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1)
-
-
-#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */

lib/xgetcwd.c

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* xgetcwd.c -- return current directory with unlimited length
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 1996, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getcwd ();
-#else
-char *getwd ();
-# define getcwd(Buf, Max) getwd (Buf)
-#endif
-
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-/* Return the current directory, newly allocated, arbitrarily long.
-   Return NULL and set errno on error. */
-
-char *
-xgetcwd ()
-{
-#if defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-  return getcwd (NULL, 0);
-#else
-  size_t buf_size = 128;  /* must be a power of 2 */
-  char *buf = NULL;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      char *cwd;
-      buf = (char *) xrealloc (buf, buf_size);
-
-      cwd = getcwd (buf, buf_size);
-      if (cwd != NULL)
-	return cwd;
-      if (errno != ERANGE)
-	{
-	  free (buf);
-	  return NULL;
-	}
-
-      buf_size *= 2;
-      if (buf_size == 0)
-	xalloc_die ();
-    }
-#endif
-}

lib/xmalloc.c

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-void *calloc ();
-void *malloc ();
-void *realloc ();
-void free ();
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
-#else
-# define textdomain(Domain)
-# define _(Text) Text
-#endif
-#define N_(Text) Text
-
-#include "error.h"
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
-"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
-"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
-#endif
-
-/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
-   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
-int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
-
-/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
-void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void)) = 0;
-
-/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
-   before exiting when memory is exhausted.  Goes through gettext. */
-char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
-
-void
-xalloc_die (void)
-{
-  if (xalloc_fail_func)
-    (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
-  error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
-  /* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
-     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
-     xalloc_die does terminate, call exit. */
-  exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-
-/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xmalloc (size_t n)
-{
-  void *p;
-
-  p = malloc (n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
-   with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
-{
-  p = realloc (p, n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
-{
-  void *p;
-
-  p = calloc (n, s);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}

lib/xstrtol.c

@@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
-/* A more useful interface to strtol.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __strtol
-# define __strtol strtol
-# define __strtol_t long int
-# define __xstrtol xstrtol
-#endif
-
-/* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
-   need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled.  */
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CHAR_BIT
-# define CHAR_BIT 8
-#endif
-
-/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
-#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
-/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
-   It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
-#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
-			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
-#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t))
-
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-#else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
-
-#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
-
-#include "xstrtol.h"
-
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL && !defined strtol
-long int strtol ();
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL && !defined strtoul
-unsigned long int strtoul ();
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX && !defined strtoimax
-intmax_t strtoimax ();
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX && !defined strtoumax
-uintmax_t strtoumax ();
-#endif
-
-static int
-bkm_scale (__strtol_t *x, int scale_factor)
-{
-  __strtol_t product = *x * scale_factor;
-  if (*x != product / scale_factor)
-    return 1;
-  *x = product;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-bkm_scale_by_power (__strtol_t *x, int base, int power)
-{
-  while (power--)
-    if (bkm_scale (x, base))
-      return 1;
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* FIXME: comment.  */
-
-strtol_error
-__xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
-	   __strtol_t *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
-{
-  char *t_ptr;
-  char **p;
-  __strtol_t tmp;
-
-  assert (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);
-
-  p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);
-
-  if (! TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t))
-    {
-      const char *q = s;
-      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *q))
-	++q;
-      if (*q == '-')
-	return LONGINT_INVALID;
-    }
-
-  errno = 0;
-  tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
-  if (errno != 0)
-    return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
-  if (*p == s)
-    return LONGINT_INVALID;
-
-  /* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean `allow any suffix'.  */
-  /* FIXME: update all callers except the ones that allow suffixes
-     after the number, changing last parameter NULL to `""'.  */
-  if (!valid_suffixes)
-    {
-      *val = tmp;
-      return LONGINT_OK;
-    }
-
-  if (**p != '\0')
-    {
-      int base = 1024;
-      int suffixes = 1;
-      int overflow;
-
-      if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
-	{
-	  *val = tmp;
-	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
-	}
-
-      if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
-	{
-	  /* The ``valid suffix'' '0' is a special flag meaning that
-	     an optional second suffix is allowed, which can change
-	     the base, e.g. "100MD" for 100 megabytes decimal.  */
-
-	  switch (p[0][1])
-	    {
-	    case 'B':
-	      suffixes++;
-	      break;
-
-	    case 'D':
-	      base = 1000;
-	      suffixes++;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      switch (**p)
-	{
-	case 'b':
-	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 512);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'B':
-	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 1024);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  overflow = 0;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'E': /* Exa */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 6);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'G': /* Giga */
-	case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'k': /* kilo */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 1);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'M': /* Mega */
-	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'P': /* Peta */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 5);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'T': /* Tera */
-	case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'w':
-	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 2);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'Y': /* Yotta */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 8);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'Z': /* Zetta */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 7);
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  *val = tmp;
-	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
-	  break;
-	}
-
-      if (overflow)
-	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
-
-      (*p) += suffixes;
-    }
-
-  *val = tmp;
-  return LONGINT_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef TESTING_XSTRTO
-
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include "error.h"
-
-char *program_name;
-
-int
-main (int argc, char** argv)
-{
-  strtol_error s_err;
-  int i;
-
-  program_name = argv[0];
-  for (i=1; i<argc; i++)
-    {
-      char *p;
-      __strtol_t val;
-
-      s_err = __xstrtol (argv[i], &p, 0, &val, "bckmw");
-      if (s_err == LONGINT_OK)
-	{
-	  printf ("%s->%lu (%s)\n", argv[i], val, p);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (argv[i], "arg", s_err);
-	}
-    }
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TESTING_XSTRTO */

lib/xstrtol.h

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/* A more useful interface to strtol.
-   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef XSTRTOL_H_
-# define XSTRTOL_H_ 1
-
-# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#  include <inttypes.h> /* for uintmax_t */
-# endif
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef _STRTOL_ERROR
-enum strtol_error
-  {
-    LONGINT_OK, LONGINT_INVALID, LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR, LONGINT_OVERFLOW
-  };
-typedef enum strtol_error strtol_error;
-# endif
-
-# define _DECLARE_XSTRTOL(name, type) \
-  strtol_error \
-    name PARAMS ((const char *s, char **ptr, int base, \
-		  type *val, const char *valid_suffixes));
-_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtol, long int)
-_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoul, unsigned long int)
-_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoimax, intmax_t)
-_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoumax, uintmax_t)
-
-# define _STRTOL_ERROR(Exit_code, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)	\
-  do									\
-    {									\
-      switch ((Err))							\
-	{								\
-	case LONGINT_OK:						\
-	  abort ();							\
-									\
-	case LONGINT_INVALID:						\
-	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid %s `%s'",			\
-		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
-	  break;							\
-									\
-	case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR:				\
-	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid character following %s in `%s'", \
-		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
-	  break;							\
-									\
-	case LONGINT_OVERFLOW:						\
-	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "%s `%s' too large",			\
-		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
-	  break;							\
-	}								\
-    }									\
-  while (0)
-
-# define STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
-  _STRTOL_ERROR (2, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
-
-# define STRTOL_FAIL_WARN(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
-  _STRTOL_ERROR (0, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
-
-#endif /* not XSTRTOL_H_ */

m4/c-bs-a.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#serial 4
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_C_BACKSLASH_A],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether backslash-a works in strings], ac_cv_c_backslash_a,
-   [AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
-     [
-#if '\a' == 'a'
-      syntax error;
-#endif
-      char buf['\a' == 'a' ? -1 : 1];
-      buf[0] = '\a';
-      return buf[0] != "\a"[0];
-     ],
-     ac_cv_c_backslash_a=yes,
-     ac_cv_c_backslash_a=no)])
-  if test $ac_cv_c_backslash_a = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A, 1,
-      [Define if backslash-a works in C strings.])
-  fi
-])

m4/ccstdc.m4

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-# The following is taken from automake 1.4,
-# except that it prefers the compiler option -Ae to "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE"
-# because only the former supports 64-bit integral types on HP-UX 10.20.
-
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
-## ANSIfy the C compiler whenever possible.  ##
-## From Franc,ois Pinard                     ##
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
-
-# serial 2
-
-# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
-# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
-# @ovindex CC
-# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
-# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so.  This macro tries various
-# options that select ANSI C on some system or another.  It considers the
-# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
-#
-# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
-# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
-# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.  If you wrote your source
-# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
-# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
-# @end defmac
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_INLINE])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_CONST])
-dnl Force this before AC_PROG_CPP.  Some cpp's, eg on HPUX, require
-dnl a magic option to avoid problems with ANSI preprocessor commands
-dnl like #elif.
-dnl FIXME: can't do this because then AC_AIX won't work due to a
-dnl circular dependency.
-dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
-ac_save_CC="$CC"
-# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
-# breaks some systems' header files.
-# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
-# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
-# HP-UX			-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
-for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-[#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
-struct buf { int x; };
-FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
-static char *e (p, i)
-     char **p;
-     int i;
-{
-  return p[i];
-}
-static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
-{
-  char *s;
-  va_list v;
-  va_start (v,p);
-  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
-  va_end (v);
-  return s;
-}
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
-int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
-int argc;
-char **argv;
-], [
-return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
-],
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
-done
-CC="$ac_save_CC"
-])
-if test -z "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([none needed])
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
-fi
-case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
-  x|xno) ;;
-  *) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
-esac
-])

m4/decl.m4

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-#serial 5
-
-AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLARATION,
-[
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $1 is declared])
-  AC_CACHE_VAL(jm_cv_func_decl_$1,
-    [AC_TRY_COMPILE($2,
-      [
-#ifndef $1
-char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) $1
-#endif
-      ],
-      eval "jm_cv_func_decl_$1=yes",
-      eval "jm_cv_func_decl_$1=no")])
-
-  if eval "test \"`echo '$jm_cv_func_decl_'$1`\" = yes"; then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-    ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-  else
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    ifelse([$4], , , [$4
-])dnl
-  fi
-])dnl
-
-dnl jm_CHECK_DECLARATIONS(INCLUDES, FUNCTION... [, ACTION-IF-DECLARED
-dnl                       [, ACTION-IF-NOT-DECLARED]])
-AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLARATIONS,
-[
-  for jm_func in $2
-  do
-    jm_CHECK_DECLARATION($jm_func, $1,
-    [
-      jm_tr_func=HAVE_DECL_`echo $jm_func | tr abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`
-      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($jm_tr_func) $3], $4)dnl
-  done
-])

m4/error.m4

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-#serial 3
-
-dnl FIXME: put these prerequisite-only *.m4 files in a separate
-dnl directory -- otherwise, they'll conflict with existing files.
-
-dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's error.c file.
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ERROR],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror strerror_r vprintf doprnt)
-  AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-])

m4/fnmatch.m4

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-dnl This is a copy of autoconf 2.13, except we also check that
-dnl FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR works.
-dnl
-undefine([AC_FUNC_FNMATCH])
-AC_DEFUN(AC_FUNC_FNMATCH,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working GNU-style fnmatch, ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works,
-# Some versions of Solaris, SCO, and the GNU C Library
-# have a broken or incompatible fnmatch.
-# So we run a test program.  If we are cross-compiling, take no chance.
-# Thanks to John Oleynick, Franc,ois Pinard, and Paul Eggert for this test.
-[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <fnmatch.h>
-main() {
-  exit (fnmatch ("a*", "abc", 0) != 0
-	|| fnmatch("d*/*1", "d/s/1", FNM_FILE_NAME) != FNM_NOMATCH
-	|| fnmatch("*", "x", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0
-	|| fnmatch("x*", "x/y/z", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0
-	|| fnmatch("*c*", "c/x", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0);
-}],
-ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=yes, ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=no,
-ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=no)])
-if test $ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works = yes; then
-  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FNMATCH)
-fi
-])

m4/getcwd.m4

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-# getcwd.m4 - check whether getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result
-
-# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-# Written by Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_GETCWD_NULL],
-  [AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h unistd.h)
-   AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result],
-     [ac_cv_func_getcwd_null],
-     [AC_TRY_RUN(
-        [
-#	 ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#	  include <stdlib.h>
-#	 endif
-#	 ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#	  include <unistd.h>
-#	 endif
-#	 ifndef getcwd
-	 char *getcwd ();
-#	 endif
-	 int
-	 main ()
-	 {
-	   if (chdir ("/") != 0)
-	     exit (1);
-	   else
-	     {
-	       char *f = getcwd (NULL, 0);
-	       exit (! (f && f[0] == '/' && !f[1]));
-	     }
-	 }],
-	[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=yes],
-	[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=no],
-	[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=no])])
-   if test $ac_cv_func_getcwd_null = yes; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETCWD_NULL, 1,
-	       [Define if getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result.])
-   fi])

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
-# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-# functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
-# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
-
-# serial 10
-
-dnl Usage: AM_WITH_NLS([TOOLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [LIBDIR]).
-dnl If TOOLSYMBOL is specified and is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
-dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
-dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). Otherwise, a static library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
-dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
-dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
-dnl    will be ignored.
-dnl LIBDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
-dnl    the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
-dnl
-dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
-dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
-dnl    and used.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
-dnl    Catalog format: none
-dnl    Catalog extension: none
-dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
-dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
-dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
-dnl maintainers.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_WITH_NLS],
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-    dnl Default is enabled NLS
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    INTLLIBS=
-
-    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
-        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
-   is requested.])
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
-        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-	CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
-        dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
-        define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libc])
-        define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libintl])
-
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
-	       [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-	     AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
-	       [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-		LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV"
-		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
-		  [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-		  gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
-		  gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
-		LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-	   fi
-
-	   dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
-	   dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
-	   dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
-	   dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
-		   && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
-	     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
-               [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-
-	     if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	       dnl If iconv() is in a separate libiconv library, then anyone
-	       dnl linking with libintl{.a,.so} also needs to link with
-	       dnl libiconv.
-	       INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV"
-	     fi
-
-	     gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-	     LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
-	     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
-	     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"
-
-	     dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
-	     AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	       [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-	     AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-
-	     dnl Search for GNU xgettext in the PATH.
-	     AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	       [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-
-	     CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-	   fi
-	])
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
-	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
-	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	  [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	  [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-	BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-	INTLLIBS="ifelse([$3],[],\$(top_builddir)/intl,[$3])/libintl.ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])a $LIBICONV"
-	LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
-      fi
-
-      dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
-      if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found msgfmt program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
-	  GMSGFMT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-	  XGETTEXT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
-      POSUB=po
-    fi
-    AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
-     [for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
-        # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
-        case "$ac_file" in
-          *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
-        esac
-        # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
-        case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
-          # Adjust a relative srcdir.
-          ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-          ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
-          ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-          # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
-          # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
-          test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
-          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-            .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
-            /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-            *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-          esac
-          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
-            rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ 	]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
-            sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
-          fi
-          ;;
-        esac
-      done])
-
-
-    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
-    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
-    dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
-    dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
-    dnl compile.
-    dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
-    dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
-    dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
-    dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
-    dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
-    dnl present or too old.
-    AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
-    if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
-      ac_verc_fail=yes
-    else
-      dnl Found it, now check the version.
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
-changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-      ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison .* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
-      case $ac_prog_version in
-        '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-        1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
-changequote([,])dnl
-           ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
-        *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-      esac
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
-    fi
-    if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
-      INTLBISON=:
-    fi
-
-    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
-    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
-    dnl in configure.in.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
-      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
-    done
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
-    nls_cv_header_intl=
-    nls_cv_header_libgt=
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    DATADIRNAME=share
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    GENCAT=gencat
-    AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
-  ])
-
-dnl Usage: Just like AM_WITH_NLS, which see.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
-  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
-
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
-stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \
-getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \
-strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-   AM_ICONV
-   AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
-   AM_LC_MESSAGES
-   AM_WITH_NLS([$1],[$2],[$3])
-
-   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
-     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
-       LINGUAS=
-     else
-       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
-       NEW_LINGUAS=
-       for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-         useit=no
-         for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
-           # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
-           #   a. equal to presentlang, or
-           #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
-           #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
-           #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
-           case "$desiredlang" in
-             "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
-           esac
-         done
-         if test $useit = yes; then
-           NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang"
-         fi
-       done
-       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
-       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
-     fi
-
-     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
-     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
-       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
-   dnl Try to locate is.
-   MKINSTALLDIRS=
-   if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-   dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
-   INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])
-   AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
-  ])

m4/inttypes.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#serial 6
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_PREREQ(2.52)
-
-# Define intmax_t to long or long long if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_TYPE(intmax_t, ,
-    [test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes \
-       && ac_type='long long' \
-       || ac_type='long'
-     AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(intmax_t, $ac_type,
-       [Define to widest signed type if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.])])
-])
-
-# Define uintmax_t to unsigned long or unsigned long long
-# if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_TYPE(uintmax_t, ,
-    [test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
-       && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
-       || ac_type='unsigned long'
-     AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
-       [Define to widest unsigned type if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.])])
-])

m4/mbrtowc.m4

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#serial 1
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert
-
-AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC,
-[
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared])
-  AC_CACHE_VAL(jm_cv_func_mbrtowc,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK(
-       [#include <wchar.h>],
-       [mbstate_t state; return ! (sizeof state && mbrtowc);],
-       [jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=yes],
-       [jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=no])])
-  if test $jm_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MBRTOWC, 1,
-      [Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared.])
-  fi
-])

m4/mbstate_t.m4

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# serial 9
-
-# From Paul Eggert.
-
-# BeOS 5 has <wchar.h> but does not define mbstate_t,
-# so you can't declare an object of that type.
-# Check for this incompatibility with Standard C.
-
-# Include stdlib.h first, because otherwise this test would fail on Linux
-# (at least glibc-2.1.3) because the "_XOPEN_SOURCE 500" definition elicits
-# a syntax error in wchar.h due to the use of undefined __int32_t.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_MBSTATE_T],
-  [
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
-
-   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for mbstate_t], ac_cv_type_mbstate_t,
-    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#include <wchar.h>],
-      [mbstate_t x; return sizeof x;],
-      ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=yes,
-      ac_cv_type_mbstate_t=no)])
-   if test $ac_cv_type_mbstate_t = no; then
-     AC_DEFINE(mbstate_t, int,
-	       [Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define.])
-   fi])

m4/prereq.m4

@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-#serial 21
-
-dnl These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
-dnl directories of the fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ],
-[
-  jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT
-  jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST
-  jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
-  jm_PREREQ_ERROR
-  jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE
-  jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE
-  jm_PREREQ_HASH
-  jm_PREREQ_HUMAN
-  jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
-  jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
-  jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
-  jm_PREREQ_READUTMP
-  jm_PREREQ_REGEX
-  jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME # called by mkstemp
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT],
-[
-  dnl For addext.c.
-  AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pathconf)
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h string.h unistd.h)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST],
-[
-  dnl Add any libraries as early as possible.
-  dnl In particular, inet_ntoa needs -lnsl at least on Solaris5.5.1,
-  dnl so we have to add -lnsl to LIBS before checking for that function.
-  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(gethostbyname, [inet nsl])
-
-  dnl These come from -lnsl on Solaris5.5.1.
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
-
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gethostbyname gethostbyaddr inet_ntoa)
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h string.h netdb.h sys/socket.h \
-                   netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME],
-[
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_EXCLUDE],
-[
-  jm_FUNC_FNMATCH
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdbool.h)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HASH],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h stdbool.h)
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_CHECK_DECLS])
-])
-
-# If you use human.c, you need the following files:
-# inttypes.m4 ulonglong.m4
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_HUMAN],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h string.h)
-  AC_CHECK_DECLS([getenv])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h bp-sym.h)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswprint)
-  jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stddef.h stdlib.h string.h wchar.h wctype.h)
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-  AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
-  AC_MBSTATE_T
-  AM_C_PROTOTYPES
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_READUTMP],
-[
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h utmp.h utmpx.h sys/param.h)
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(utmpname)
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(utmpxname)
-  AM_C_PROTOTYPES
-
-  if test $ac_cv_header_utmp_h = yes || test $ac_cv_header_utmpx_h = yes; then
-    utmp_includes="\
-$ac_includes_default
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-# include <utmpx.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMP_H
-# include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-"
-    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_user],,,[$utmp_includes])
-    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_user],,,[$utmp_includes])
-    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_name],,,[$utmp_includes])
-    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_name],,,[$utmp_includes])
-    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_type],,,[$utmp_includes])
-    AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_type],,,[$utmp_includes])
-    AC_LIBOBJ(readutmp)
-  fi
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_REGEX],
-[
-  dnl FIXME: Maybe provide a btowc replacement someday: solaris-2.5.1 lacks it.
-  dnl FIXME: Check for wctype and iswctype, and and add -lw if necessary
-  dnl to get them.
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bzero bcopy isascii btowc)
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(alloca.h libintl.h wctype.h wchar.h)
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-  AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME],
-[
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-  AC_HEADER_STAT
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h sys/time.h stdint.h unistd.h)
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(__secure_getenv gettimeofday)
-])

m4/strerror_r.m4

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-#serial 1002
-# Experimental replacement for the function in the latest CVS autoconf.
-# If the compile-test says strerror_r doesn't work, then resort to a
-# `run'-test that works on BeOS and segfaults on DEC Unix.
-# Use with the error.c file in ../lib.
-
-undefine([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R])
-
-# AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
-# ------------------
-AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R],
-[AC_CHECK_DECLS([strerror_r])
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strerror_r])
-if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r = yes; then
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working strerror_r],
-                 ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works,
-   [
-    AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-     [
-#       include <stdio.h>
-#       if HAVE_STRING_H
-#        include <string.h>
-#       endif
-     ],
-     [
-       char buf[100];
-       char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
-     ],
-     ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=yes,
-     ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=no
-    )
-    if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works = no; then
-      # strerror_r seems not to work, but now we have to choose between
-      # systems that have relatively inaccessible declarations for the
-      # function.  BeOS and DEC UNIX 4.0 fall in this category, but the
-      # former has a strerror_r that returns char*, while the latter
-      # has a strerror_r that returns `int'.
-      # This test should segfault on the DEC system.
-      AC_TRY_RUN(
-       [
-#       include <stdio.h>
-#       include <string.h>
-#       include <ctype.h>
-
-	extern char *strerror_r ();
-
-	int
-	main ()
-	{
-	  char buf[100];
-	  char x = *strerror_r (0, buf, sizeof buf);
-	  exit (!isalpha (x));
-	}
-       ],
-       ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=yes,
-       ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=no,
-       ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works=no)
-    fi
-  ])
-  if test $ac_cv_func_strerror_r_works = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R, 1,
-      [Define to 1 if `strerror_r' returns a string.])
-  fi
-fi
-])# AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R

m4/uintmax_t.m4

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#serial 6
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_PREREQ(2.50)
-
-# Define uintmax_t to `unsigned long' or `unsigned long long'
-# if <inttypes.h> does not exist.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_TYPE(uintmax_t, ,
-    [AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-     test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
-       && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
-       || ac_type='unsigned long'
-     AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
-       [Define to the widest unsigned type if standard headers do not declare.])])
-])

m4/xstrtoimax.m4

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#serial 2
-dnl Cloned from xstrtoumax.m4.  Keep these files in sync.
-
-# autoconf tests required for use of xstrtoimax.c
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOIMAX],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_DECLS([strtol, strtoul, strtoll, strtoimax, strtoumax])
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h inttypes.h)
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <inttypes.h> defines strtoimax as a macro],
-    jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro,
-    AC_EGREP_CPP([inttypes_h_defines_strtoimax], [#include <inttypes.h>
-#ifdef strtoimax
- inttypes_h_defines_strtoimax
-#endif],
-      jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro=yes,
-      jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro=no))
-
-  if test "$jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro" != yes; then
-    AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoimax)
-  fi
-
-  dnl Only the replacement strtoimax invokes strtol and strtoll,
-  dnl so we need the replacements only if strtoimax does not exist.
-  case "$jm_cv_func_strtoimax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoimax" in
-    no,no)
-      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtol)
-
-      dnl We don't need (and can't compile) the replacement strtoll
-      dnl unless the type `long long' exists.
-      if test "$ac_cv_type_long_long" = yes; then
-	AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoll)
-      fi
-      ;;
-  esac
-])

m4/xstrtoumax.m4

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-#serial 4
-
-# autoconf tests required for use of xstrtoumax.c
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_DECLS([strtol, strtoul, strtoull, strtoimax, strtoumax])
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h inttypes.h)
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <inttypes.h> defines strtoumax as a macro],
-    jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,
-    AC_EGREP_CPP([inttypes_h_defines_strtoumax], [#include <inttypes.h>
-#ifdef strtoumax
- inttypes_h_defines_strtoumax
-#endif],
-      jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro=yes,
-      jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro=no))
-
-  if test "$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro" != yes; then
-    AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoumax)
-  fi
-
-  dnl Only the replacement strtoumax invokes strtoul and strtoull,
-  dnl so we need the replacements only if strtoumax does not exist.
-  case "$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoumax" in
-    no,no)
-      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoul)
-
-      dnl We don't need (and can't compile) the replacement strtoull
-      dnl unless the type `unsigned long long' exists.
-      if test "$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long" = yes; then
-	AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoull)
-      fi
-      ;;
-  esac
-])

po/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+*.gmo
+*.mo
+*.po
+.reference
+LINGUAS
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+Makefile.in.in
+Makevars
+Makevars.template
+POTFILES
+Rules-quot
+boldquot.sed
+en@boldquot.header
+en@quot.header
+insert-header.sed
+insert-header.sin
+quot.sed
+remove-potcdate.sed
+remove-potcdate.sin
+stamp-po
+tar.pot

po/Makefile.in.in

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
-# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
-# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
-
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
-subdir = po
-top_builddir = ..
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-datadir = @datadir@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
-
-CC = @CC@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
-MSGMERGE = msgmerge
-
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-
-POFILES = @POFILES@
-GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
-DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
-$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES)
-
-POTFILES = \
-
-CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo
-
-.c.o:
-	$(COMPILE) $<
-
-.po.pox:
-	$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
-	$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
-
-.po.mo:
-	$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
-
-.po.gmo:
-	file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
-	  && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $<
-
-
-all: all-@USE_NLS@
-
-all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
-all-no:
-
-# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot',
-# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
-# have been downloaded.
-
-$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
-	$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
-	  --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
-	  --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
-	&& test ! -f $(PACKAGE).po \
-	   || ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
-		&& mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot )
-
-
-install: install-exec install-data
-install-exec:
-install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
-			  $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-install-data-no: all
-install-data-yes: all
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
-	@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
-	for cat in $$catalogs; do \
-	  cat=`basename $$cat`; \
-	  lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
-	  dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
-	  if test -r $$cat; then \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
-	    echo "installing $$cat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
-	  else \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
-	    echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
-		 "$(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-
-# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
-installcheck:
-
-uninstall:
-	catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
-	for cat in $$catalogs; do \
-	  cat=`basename $$cat`; \
-	  lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
-	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
-	done
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
-	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-
-check: all
-
-dvi info tags TAGS ID:
-
-mostlyclean:
-	rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.new.po
-	rm -fr *.o
-
-clean: mostlyclean
-
-distclean: clean
-	rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo
-
-maintainer-clean: distclean
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-	rm -f $(GMOFILES)
-
-distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir:
-	$(MAKE) update-po
-	@$(MAKE) dist2
-# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
-dist2: $(DISTFILES)
-	dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
-	for file in $$dists; do \
-	  if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
-	done
-
-update-po: Makefile
-	$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
-	cd $(srcdir); \
-	catalogs='$(GMOFILES)'; \
-	for cat in $$catalogs; do \
-	  cat=`basename $$cat`; \
-	  lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
-	  echo "$$lang:"; \
-	  if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \
-	    mv -f $$lang.new.po $$lang.po; \
-	  else \
-	    echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
-	    rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-	$(MAKE) update-gmo
-
-update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
-	@:
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status POTFILES.in
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
-	       $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:

po/POTFILES.in

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # List of files which contain translatable strings.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software
 # Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 # any later version.
 
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
@@ -19,21 +19,27 @@
 # 02110-1301, USA.
 
 # Library files
-lib/argmatch.c
-lib/argp-help.c
-lib/argp-parse.c
-lib/error.c
-lib/getopt.c
-lib/human.c
-lib/obstack.c
+gnu/argmatch.c
+gnu/argp-help.c
+gnu/argp-parse.c
+gnu/closeout.c
+gnu/error.c
+gnu/getopt.c
+gnu/obstack.c
+gnu/human.c
+gnu/obstack.c
+gnu/openat-die.c
+gnu/quotearg.c
+gnu/rpmatch.c
+gnu/xalloc-die.c
+gnu/xmalloc.c
+gnu/version-etc.c
+gnu/xalloc-die.c
+
 lib/paxerror.c
 lib/paxexit.c
 lib/paxnames.c
-lib/quotearg.c
-lib/rpmatch.c
 lib/rtapelib.c
-lib/xalloc-die.c
-lib/xmalloc.c
 
 rmt/rmt.c
 
@@ -51,6 +57,7 @@ src/names.c
 src/tar.c
 src/update.c
 src/xheader.c
+src/checkpoint.c
 
 # Testsuite
 tests/genfile.c

rebox.el

@@ -1,852 +0,0 @@
-;;; Handling of comment boxes.
-;;; Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;;; Fran<61>ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, April 1991.
-
-;;; I first observed rounded corners, as in style 223 boxes, in code from
-;;; Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>, a previous shar maintainer.
-
-;;; Refilling paragraphs inside comments, stretching or shrinking the
-;;; surrounding box as needed, is a pain to do "by hand".  This GNU Emacs
-;;; LISP code eases my life on this and I find it fair, giving all sources
-;;; for a package, to also give the means for nicely modifying comments.
-
-;;; The function rebox-comment discovers the extent of the boxed comments
-;;; near the cursor, possibly refills the text, then adjusts the comment
-;;; box style.  The function rebox-region does the same, except that it
-;;; takes the current region as a boxed comment.  Numeric prefixes are
-;;; used to add or remove a box, change its style (language, quality or
-;;; type), or to prevent refilling of its text.  A minus sign alone as
-;;; prefix asks for interactive style selection.
-
-;;; For most Emacs language editing modes, refilling does not make sense
-;;; outside comments, so you may redefine the M-q command and link it to
-;;; this file.  For example, I use this in my .emacs file:
-
-;;;	(setq c-mode-hook
-;;;	      '(lambda ()
-;;;		 (define-key c-mode-map "\M-q" 'rebox-comment)))
-;;;	(autoload 'rebox-comment "rebox" nil t)
-;;;	(autoload 'rebox-region "rebox" nil t)
-
-;;; The cursor should be within a comment before any of these commands,
-;;; or else it should be between two comments, in which case the command
-;;; applies to the next comment.  When the command is given without prefix,
-;;; the current comment box style is recognized from the comment itself
-;;; as far as possible, and preserved.	A prefix may be used to force
-;;; a particular box style.  A style is made up of three attributes: a
-;;; language (the hundreds digit), a quality (the tens digit) and a type
-;;; (the units digit).	A zero or negative flag value changes the default
-;;; box style to its absolute value.  Zero digits in default style,
-;;; when not overriden in flag, asks for recognition of corresponding
-;;; attributes from the current box.  `C-u' avoids refilling the text,
-;;; using the default box style.  `C-u -' defines the style interactively.
-
-;;; Box language is associated with comment delimiters.  Values are 100
-;;; for none or unknown, 200 for `/*' and `*/' as in plain C, 300 for
-;;; '//' as in C++, 400 for `#' as in most scripting languages, 500 for
-;;; `;' as in LISP or assembler and 600 for `%' as in TeX or PostScript.
-
-;;; Box quality differs according to language.	For unknown languages (100)
-;;; or for the C language (200), values are 10 for simple, 20 or 30 for
-;;; rounded, and 40 for starred.  For all others, box quality indicates
-;;; the thickness in characters of the left and right sides of the box:
-;;; values are 10, 20, 30 or 40 for 1, 2, 3 or 4 characters wide.  C++
-;;; quality 10 is always promoted to 20.  Roughly said, simple quality
-;;; boxes (10) use comment delimiters to left and right of each comment
-;;; line, and also for the top or bottom line when applicable.	Rounded
-;;; quality boxes (20 or 30) try to suggest rounded corners in boxes.
-;;; Starred quality boxes (40) mostly use a left margin of asterisks or
-;;; X'es, and use them also in box surroundings.  Experiment a little to
-;;; see what happens.
-
-;;; Box type values are 1 for fully opened boxes for which boxing is done
-;;; only for the left and right but not for top or bottom, 2 for half
-;;; single lined boxes for which boxing is done on all sides except top,
-;;; 3 for fully single lined boxes for which boxing is done on all sides,
-;;; 4 for half double lined boxes which is like type 2 but more bold,
-;;; or 5 for fully double lined boxes which is like type 3 but more bold.
-
-;;; The special style 221 or 231 is worth a note, because it is fairly
-;;; common: the whole C comment stays between a single opening `/*'
-;;; and a single closing `*/'.  The special style 111 deletes a box.
-;;; The initial default style is 023 so, unless overriden, comments are
-;;; put in single lined boxes, C comments are of rounded quality.
-
-(defvar rebox-default-style 0 "*Preferred style for box comments.")
-
-;;; Help strings for prompting or error messages.
-
-(defconst REBOX_HELP_FOR_LANGUAGE
-  "Box language is 100-none, 200-/*, 300-//, 400-#, 500-;, 600-%%")
-(defconst REBOX_LANGUAGE_NONE 100)
-(defconst REBOX_LANGUAGE_C 200)
-(defconst REBOX_LANGUAGE_C++ 300)
-(defconst REBOX_LANGUAGE_AWK 400)
-(defconst REBOX_LANGUAGE_LISP 500)
-(defconst REBOX_LANGUAGE_TEX 600)
-
-(defun rebox-help-string-for-language (language)
-  (cond ((= language 0) "default language")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_NONE) "no language")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C) "plain C")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C++) "C++")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_AWK) "sh/Perl/make")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_LISP) "LISP/assembler")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_TEX) "TeX/PostScript")
-	(t "<Unknown Language>")))
-
-(defconst REBOX_HELP_FOR_QUALITY
-  "Box quality/width is 10-simple, 20-rounded, 30-rounded or 40-starred")
-(defconst REBOX_QUALITY_SIMPLE_ONE 10)
-(defconst REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO 20)
-(defconst REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_THREE 30)
-(defconst REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR 40)
-
-(defun rebox-help-string-for-quality (quality)
-  (cond ((= quality 0) "default quality")
-	((= quality REBOX_QUALITY_SIMPLE_ONE) "square or 1-wide")
-	((= quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO) "rounded or 2-wide")
-	((= quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_THREE) "rounded or 3-wide")
-	((= quality REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR) "starred or 4-wide")
-	(t "<Unknown Quality>")))
-
-(defconst REBOX_HELP_FOR_TYPE
-  "Box type is 1-open, 2-half-single, 3-single, 4-half-double or 5-double")
-(defconst REBOX_TYPE_OPEN 1)
-(defconst REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE 2)
-(defconst REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE 3)
-(defconst REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE 4)
-(defconst REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE 5)
-
-(defun rebox-help-string-for-type (type)
-  (cond ((= type 0) "default type")
-	((= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN) "opened box")
-	((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE) "half normal")
-	((= type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE) "full normal")
-	((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE) "half bold")
-	((= type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE) "full bold")
-	(t "<Unknown Type>")))
-
-(defconst REBOX_MAX_LANGUAGE 6)
-(defconst REBOX_MAX_QUALITY 4)
-(defconst REBOX_MAX_TYPE 5)
-
-;;; Request the style interactively, using the minibuffer.
-
-(defun rebox-ask-for-style ()
-  (let (key language quality type)
-    (while (not language)
-      (message REBOX_HELP_FOR_LANGUAGE)
-      (setq key (read-char))
-      (if (and (>= key ?0) (<= key (+ ?0 REBOX_MAX_LANGUAGE)))
-	  (setq language (- key ?0))))
-    (while (not quality)
-      (message REBOX_HELP_FOR_QUALITY)
-      (setq key (read-char))
-      (if (and (>= key ?0) (<= key (+ ?0 REBOX_MAX_QUALITY)))
-	  (setq quality (- key ?0))))
-    (while (not type)
-      (message REBOX_HELP_FOR_TYPE)
-      (setq key (read-char))
-      (if (and (>= key ?0) (<= key (+ ?0 REBOX_MAX_TYPE)))
-	  (setq type (- key ?0))))
-    (+ (* 100 language) (* 10 quality) type)))
-
-;;; Write some TEXT followed by an edited STYLE value into the minibuffer.
-
-(defun rebox-show-style (text style)
-  (message
-   (concat text (format " (%03d)" style)
-	   ": " (rebox-help-string-for-language (* (/ style 100) 100))
-	   ", " (rebox-help-string-for-quality (* (% (/ style 10) 10) 10))
-	   ", " (rebox-help-string-for-type (% style 10)))))
-
-;;; Validate FLAG and usually return t if not interrupted by errors.
-;;; But if FLAG is zero or negative, then change default box style and
-;;; return nil.
-
-(defun rebox-validate-flag (flag)
-
-  ;; Validate flag.
-
-  (if (numberp flag)
-      (let ((value (if (< flag 0) (- flag) flag)))
-	(if (> (/ value 100) REBOX_MAX_LANGUAGE)
-	    (error REBOX_HELP_FOR_LANGUAGE))
-	(if (> (% (/ value 10) 10) REBOX_MAX_QUALITY)
-	    (error REBOX_HELP_FOR_QUALITY))
-	(if (> (% value 10) REBOX_MAX_TYPE)
-	    (error REBOX_HELP_FOR_TYPE))))
-
-  ;; Change default box style if requested.
-
-  (if (and (numberp flag) (<= flag 0))
-      (progn
-	(setq flag (- flag))
-	(if (not (zerop (/ flag 100)))
-	    (setq rebox-default-style
-		  (+ (* (/ flag 100) 100)
-		     (% rebox-default-style 100))))
-	(if (not (zerop (% (/ flag 10) 10)))
-	    (setq rebox-default-style
-		  (+ (* (/ rebox-default-style 100) 100)
-		     (* (% (/ flag 10) 10) 10)
-		     (% rebox-default-style 10))))
-	(if (not (zerop (% flag 10)))
-	    (setq rebox-default-style
-		  (+ (* (/ rebox-default-style 10) 10)
-		     (% flag 10))))
-	(rebox-show-style "Default style" rebox-default-style)
-	nil)
-    t))
-
-;;; Return the minimum value of the left margin of all lines, or -1 if
-;;; all lines are empty.
-
-(defun rebox-left-margin ()
-  (let ((margin -1))
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (not (eobp))
-      (skip-chars-forward " \t")
-      (if (not (looking-at "\n"))
-	  (setq margin
-		(if (< margin 0)
-		    (current-column)
-		  (min margin (current-column)))))
-      (forward-line 1))
-    margin))
-
-;;; Return the maximum value of the right margin of all lines.  Any
-;;; sentence ending a line has a space guaranteed before the margin.
-
-(defun rebox-right-margin ()
-  (let ((margin 0) period)
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (while (not (eobp))
-      (end-of-line)
-      (if (bobp)
-	  (setq period 0)
-	(backward-char 1)
-	(setq period (if (looking-at "[.?!]") 1 0))
-	(forward-char 1))
-      (setq margin (max margin (+ (current-column) period)))
-      (forward-char 1))
-    margin))
-
-;;; Return a regexp to match the start or end of a comment for some
-;;; LANGUAGE, leaving the comment marks themselves available in \1.
-
-;; FIXME: Recognize style 1** boxes.
-
-(defun rebox-regexp-start (language)
-  (cond ((= language 0) "^[ \t]*\\(/\\*\\|//+\\|#+\\|;+\\|%+\\)")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_NONE) "^\\(\\)")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C) "^[ \t]*\\(/\\*\\)")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C++) "^[ \t]*\\(//+\\)")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_AWK) "^[ \t]*\\(#+\\)")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_LISP) "^[ \t]*\\(;+\\)")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_TEX) "^[ \t]*\\(%+\\)")))
-
-(defun rebox-regexp-end (language)
-  (cond ((= language 0) "\\(\\*/\\|//+\\|#+\\|;+\\|%+\\)[ \t]*$")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_NONE) "\\(\\)$")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C) "\\(\\*/\\)[ \t]*$")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C++) "\\(//+\\)[ \t]*$")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_AWK) "\\(#+\\)[ \t]*$")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_LISP) "\\(;+\\)[ \t]*$")
-	((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_TEX) "\\(%+\\)[ \t]*$")))
-
-;;; By looking at the text starting at the cursor position, guess the
-;;; language in use, and return it.
-
-(defun rebox-guess-language ()
-  (let ((language REBOX_LANGUAGE_NONE)
-	(value (* 100 REBOX_MAX_LANGUAGE)))
-    (while (not (zerop value))
-      (if (looking-at (rebox-regexp-start value))
-	  (progn
-	    (setq language value)
-	    (setq value 0))
-	(setq value (- value 100))))
-    language))
-
-;;; Find the limits of the block of comments following or enclosing
-;;; the cursor, or return an error if the cursor is not within such a
-;;; block of comments.  Extend it as far as possible in both
-;;; directions, then narrow the buffer around it.
-
-(defun rebox-find-and-narrow ()
-  (save-excursion
-    (let (start end temp language)
-
-      ;; Find the start of the current or immediately following comment.
-
-      (beginning-of-line)
-      (skip-chars-forward " \t\n")
-      (beginning-of-line)
-      (if (not (looking-at (rebox-regexp-start 0)))
-	  (progn
-	    (setq temp (point))
-	    (if (re-search-forward "\\*/" nil t)
-		(progn
-		  (re-search-backward "/\\*")
-		  (if (> (point) temp)
-		      (error "outside any comment block"))
-		  (setq temp (point))
-		  (beginning-of-line)
-		  (skip-chars-forward " \t")
-		  (if (not (= (point) temp))
-		      (error "text before start of comment"))
-		  (beginning-of-line))
-	      (error "outside any comment block"))))
-
-      (setq start (point))
-      (setq language (rebox-guess-language))
-
-      ;; - find the end of this comment
-
-      (if (= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C)
-	  (progn
-	    (search-forward "*/")
-	    (if (not (looking-at "[ \t]*$"))
-		(error "text after end of comment"))))
-      (end-of-line)
-      (if (eobp)
-	  (insert "\n")
-	(forward-char 1))
-      (setq end (point))
-
-      ;; - try to extend the comment block backwards
-
-      (goto-char start)
-      (while (and (not (bobp))
-		  (if (= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C)
-		      (progn
-			(skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
-			(if (and (looking-at "[ \t]*\n[ \t]*/\\*")
-				 (> (point) 2))
-			    (progn
-			      (backward-char 2)
-			      (if (looking-at "\\*/")
-				  (progn
-				    (re-search-backward "/\\*")
-				    (setq temp (point))
-				    (beginning-of-line)
-				    (skip-chars-forward " \t")
-				    (if (= (point) temp)
-					(progn (beginning-of-line) t)))))))
-		    (previous-line 1)
-		    (looking-at (rebox-regexp-start language))))
-	(setq start (point)))
-
-      ;; - try to extend the comment block forward
-
-      (goto-char end)
-      (while (looking-at (rebox-regexp-start language))
-	(if (= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C)
-	    (progn
-	      (re-search-forward "[ \t]*/\\*")
-	      (re-search-forward "\\*/")
-	      (if (looking-at "[ \t]*$")
-		  (progn
-		    (beginning-of-line)
-		    (forward-line 1)
-		    (setq end (point)))))
-	  (forward-line 1)
-	  (setq end (point))))
-
-      ;; - narrow to the whole block of comments
-
-      (narrow-to-region start end))))
-
-;;; After refilling it if REFILL is not nil, while respecting a left
-;;; MARGIN, put the narrowed buffer back into a boxed LANGUAGE comment
-;;; box of a given QUALITY and TYPE.
-
-(defun rebox-reconstruct (refill margin language quality type)
-  (rebox-show-style "Style" (+ language quality type))
-
-  (let (right-margin nw nn ne ww ee sw ss se x xx)
-
-    ;; - decide the elements of the box being produced
-
-    (cond ((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_NONE)
-	   ;; - planify a comment for no language in particular
-
-	   (cond ((= quality REBOX_QUALITY_SIMPLE_ONE)
-		  ;; - planify a simple box
-
-		  (cond ((= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-			 (setq nw "") (setq sw "")
-			 (setq ww "") (setq ee ""))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "")
-			 (setq ww "| ")              (setq ee " |")
-			 (setq sw "+-") (setq ss ?-) (setq se "-+"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "+-") (setq nn ?-) (setq ne "-+")
-			 (setq ww "| ")              (setq ee " |")
-			 (setq sw "+-") (setq ss ?-) (setq se "-+"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "")
-			 (setq ww "| ")              (setq ee " |")
-			 (setq sw "*=") (setq ss ?=) (setq se "=*"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "*=") (setq nn ?=) (setq ne "=*")
-			 (setq ww "| ")              (setq ee " |")
-			 (setq sw "*=") (setq ss ?=) (setq se "=*"))))
-
-		 ((or (= quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO)
-		      (= quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_THREE))
-		  ;; - planify a rounded box
-
-		  (cond ((= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-			 (setq nw "") (setq sw "")
-			 (setq ww "| ") (setq ee " |"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "")
-			 (setq ww "| ")              (setq ee " |")
-			 (setq sw "`-") (setq ss ?-) (setq se "-'"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw ".-") (setq nn ?-) (setq ne "-.")
-			 (setq ww "| ")              (setq ee " |")
-			 (setq sw "`-") (setq ss ?-) (setq se "-'"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "")
-			 (setq ww "| " )              (setq ee " |" )
-			 (setq sw "\\=") (setq ss ?=) (setq se "=/" ))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "/=" ) (setq nn ?=) (setq ne "=\\")
-			 (setq ww "| " )              (setq ee " |" )
-			 (setq sw "\\=") (setq ss ?=) (setq se "=/" ))))
-
-		 ((= quality REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR)
-		  ;; - planify a starred box
-
-		  (cond ((= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-			 (setq nw "") (setq sw "")
-			 (setq ww "| ") (setq ee ""))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "")
-			 (setq ww "* ")              (setq ee " *")
-			 (setq sw "**") (setq ss ?*) (setq se "**"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "**") (setq nn ?*) (setq ne "**")
-			 (setq ww "* ")              (setq ee " *")
-			 (setq sw "**") (setq ss ?*) (setq se "**"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "")
-			 (setq ww "X ")              (setq ee " X")
-			 (setq sw "XX") (setq ss ?X) (setq se "XX"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "XX") (setq nn ?X) (setq ne "XX")
-			 (setq ww "X ")              (setq ee " X")
-			 (setq sw "XX") (setq ss ?X) (setq se "XX"))))))
-
-	  ((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C)
-	   ;; - planify a comment for C
-
-	   (cond ((= quality REBOX_QUALITY_SIMPLE_ONE)
-		  ;; - planify a simple C comment
-
-		  (cond ((= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-			 (setq nw "") (setq sw "")
-			 (setq ww "/* ") (setq ee " */"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "")
-			 (setq ww "/* ")              (setq ee " */")
-			 (setq sw "/* ") (setq ss ?-) (setq se " */"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "/* ") (setq nn ?-) (setq ne " */")
-			 (setq ww "/* ")              (setq ee " */")
-			 (setq sw "/* ") (setq ss ?-) (setq se " */"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "")
-			 (setq ww "/* ")              (setq ee " */")
-			 (setq sw "/* ") (setq ss ?=) (setq se " */"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "/* ") (setq nn ?=) (setq ne " */")
-			 (setq ww "/* ")              (setq ee " */")
-			 (setq sw "/* ") (setq ss ?=) (setq se " */"))))
-
-		 ((or (= quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO)
-		      (= quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_THREE))
-		  ;; - planify a rounded C comment
-
-		  (cond ((= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-			 ;; ``open rounded'' is a special case
-			 (setq nw "") (setq sw "")
-			 (setq ww "   ") (setq ee ""))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "/*") (setq nn ? ) (setq ne " .")
-			 (setq ww "| ")              (setq ee " |")
-			 (setq sw "`-") (setq ss ?-) (setq se "*/"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "/*") (setq nn ?-) (setq ne "-.")
-			 (setq ww "| ")              (setq ee " |")
-			 (setq sw "`-") (setq ss ?-) (setq se "*/"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "/*" ) (setq nn ? ) (setq ne " \\")
-			 (setq ww "| " )              (setq ee " |" )
-			 (setq sw "\\=") (setq ss ?=) (setq se "*/" ))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "/*" ) (setq nn ?=) (setq ne "=\\")
-			 (setq ww "| " )              (setq ee " |" )
-			 (setq sw "\\=") (setq ss ?=) (setq se "*/" ))))
-
-		 ((= quality REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR)
-		  ;; - planify a starred C comment
-
-		  (cond ((= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-			 (setq nw "/* ") (setq nn ? ) (setq ne "")
-			 (setq ww " * ")              (setq ee "")
-			 (setq sw " */") (setq ss ? ) (setq se ""))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "/* ") (setq nn ? ) (setq ne " *")
-			 (setq ww " * ")              (setq ee " *")
-			 (setq sw " **") (setq ss ?*) (setq se "**/"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-			 (setq nw "/**") (setq nn ?*) (setq ne "**")
-			 (setq ww " * ")              (setq ee " *")
-			 (setq sw " **") (setq ss ?*) (setq se "**/"))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "/* " ) (setq nn ? ) (setq ne " *\\")
-			 (setq ww "|* " )              (setq ee " *|" )
-			 (setq sw "\\**") (setq ss ?*) (setq se "**/" ))
-			((= type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-			 (setq nw "/**" ) (setq nn ?*) (setq ne "**\\")
-			 (setq ww "|* " )              (setq ee " *|" )
-			 (setq sw "\\**") (setq ss ?*) (setq se "**/" ))))))
-
-	  (t
-	   ;; - planify a comment for all other things
-
-	   (if (and (= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C++)
-		    (= quality REBOX_QUALITY_SIMPLE_ONE))
-	       (setq quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO))
-	   (setq x (cond ((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C++) ?/)
-			 ((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_AWK) ?#)
-			 ((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_LISP) ?\;)
-			 ((= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_TEX) ?%)))
-	   (setq xx (make-string (/ quality 10) x))
-	   (setq ww (concat xx " "))
-	   (cond ((= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-		  (setq nw "") (setq sw "") (setq ee ""))
-		 ((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE)
-		  (setq ee (concat " " xx))
-		  (setq nw "")
-		  (setq sw ww) (setq ss ?-) (setq se ee))
-		 ((= type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-		  (setq ee (concat " " xx))
-		  (setq nw ww) (setq nn ?-) (setq ne ee)
-		  (setq sw ww) (setq ss ?-) (setq se ee))
-		 ((= type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE)
-		  (setq ee (concat " " xx))
-		  (setq xx (make-string (1+ (/ quality 10)) x))
-		  (setq nw "")
-		  (setq sw xx) (setq ss x) (setq se xx))
-		 ((= type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-		  (setq ee (concat " " xx))
-		  (setq xx (make-string (1+ (/ quality 10)) x))
-		  (setq nw xx) (setq nn x) (setq ne xx)
-		  (setq sw xx) (setq ss x) (setq se xx)))))
-
-    ;; - possibly refill, and adjust margins to account for left inserts
-
-    (if (not (and flag (listp flag)))
-	(let ((fill-prefix (make-string margin ? ))
-	      (fill-column (- fill-column (+ (length ww) (length ee)))))
-	  (fill-region (point-min) (point-max))))
-
-    (setq right-margin (+ (rebox-right-margin) (length ww)))
-
-    ;; - construct the box comment, from top to bottom
-
-    (goto-char (point-min))
-    (if (and (= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C)
-	     (or (= quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO)
-		 (= quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_THREE))
-	     (= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN))
-	(progn
-	  ;; - construct an 33 style comment
-
-	  (skip-chars-forward " " (+ (point) margin))
-	  (insert (make-string (- margin (current-column)) ? )
-		  "/* ")
-	  (end-of-line)
-	  (forward-char 1)
-	  (while (not (eobp))
-	    (skip-chars-forward " " (+ (point) margin))
-	    (insert (make-string (- margin (current-column)) ? )
-		    ww)
-	    (beginning-of-line)
-	    (forward-line 1))
-	  (backward-char 1)
-	  (insert "  */"))
-
-      ;; - construct all other comment styles
-
-      ;; construct one top line
-      (if (not (zerop (length nw)))
-	  (progn
-	    (indent-to margin)
-	    (insert nw)
-	    (if (or (not (eq nn ? )) (not (zerop (length ne))))
-		(insert (make-string (- right-margin (current-column)) nn)
-			ne))
-	    (insert "\n")))
-
-      ;; construct one middle line
-      (while (not (eobp))
-	(skip-chars-forward " " (+ (point) margin))
-	(insert (make-string (- margin (current-column)) ? )
-		ww)
-	(end-of-line)
-	(if (not (zerop (length ee)))
-	    (progn
-	      (indent-to right-margin)
-	      (insert ee)))
-	(beginning-of-line)
-	(forward-line 1))
-
-      ;; construct one bottom line
-      (if (not (zerop (length sw)))
-	  (progn
-	    (indent-to margin)
-	    (insert sw)
-	    (if (or (not (eq ss ? )) (not (zerop (length se))))
-		(insert (make-string (- right-margin (current-column)) ss)
-			se "\n")))))))
-
-;;; Add, delete or adjust a comment box in the narrowed buffer.
-;;; Various FLAG values are explained at beginning of this file.
-
-(defun rebox-engine (flag)
-  (let ((undo-list buffer-undo-list)
-	(marked-point (point-marker))
-	(language (progn (goto-char (point-min)) (rebox-guess-language)))
-	(quality 0)
-	(type 0))
-
-    (untabify (point-min) (point-max))
-
-    ;; Remove all the comment marks, and move all the text rigidly to the
-    ;; left for insuring that the left margin stays at the same place.
-    ;; At the same time, try recognizing the box style, saving its quality
-    ;; in QUALITY and its type in TYPE.  (LANGUAGE is already guessed.)
-
-    (let ((indent-tabs-mode nil)
-	  (previous-margin (rebox-left-margin))
-	  actual-margin)
-
-      ;; FIXME: Cleanup style 1** boxes.
-      ;; FIXME: Recognize really all cases of type and quality.
-
-      ;; - remove all comment marks
-
-      (if (= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_NONE)
-	  nil
-	(goto-char (point-min))
-	(while (re-search-forward (rebox-regexp-start language) nil t)
-	  (goto-char (match-beginning 1))
-	  (delete-region (point) (match-end 1))
-	  (insert (make-string (- (match-end 1) (point)) ? )))
-	(goto-char (point-min))
-	(while (re-search-forward (rebox-regexp-end language) nil t)
-	  (replace-match "" t t)))
-
-      (if (= language REBOX_LANGUAGE_C)
-	  (progn
-	    (goto-char (point-min))
-	    (while (re-search-forward "\\*/ */\\*" nil t)
-	      (replace-match "  " t t))
-
-	    (goto-char (point-min))
-	    (while (re-search-forward "^\\( *\\)|\\*\\(.*\\)\\*| *$" nil t)
-	      (setq quality REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR)
-	      (setq type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-	      (replace-match "\\1  \\2" t))
-
-	    (goto-char (point-min))
-	    (while (re-search-forward "^\\( *\\)\\*\\(.*\\)\\* *$" nil t)
-	      (setq quality REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR)
-	      (setq type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-	      (replace-match "\\1 \\2" t))
-
-	    (goto-char (point-min))
-	    (while (re-search-forward "^\\( *\\)|\\(.*\\)| *$" nil t)
-	      (setq quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO)
-	      (replace-match "\\1 \\2" t))
-
-	    (goto-char (point-min))
-	    (if (zerop quality)
-		(while (re-search-forward "^\\( +\\)\\* " nil t)
-		  (setq quality REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR)
-		  (setq type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-		  (replace-match "\\1  " t)))))
-
-      ;; - remove the first dashed or starred line
-
-      (goto-char (point-min))
-      (if (looking-at "^ *\\(--+\\|\\*\\*+\\)[.\+\\]? *\n")
-	  (progn
-	    (setq type REBOX_TYPE_SINGLE)
-	    (replace-match "" t t))
-	(if (looking-at "^ *\\(==\\|XX+\\|##+\\|;;+\\)[.\+\\]? *\n")
-	    (progn
-	      (setq type REBOX_TYPE_DOUBLE)
-	      (replace-match "" t t))))
-
-      ;; - remove the last dashed or starred line
-
-      (goto-char (point-max))
-      (previous-line 1)
-      (if (looking-at "^ *[`\+\\]?*--+ *\n")
-	  (progn
-	    (if (= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-		(setq type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE))
-	    (replace-match "" t t))
-	(if (looking-at "^ *[`\+\\]?*\\(==+\\|##+\\|;;+\\) *\n")
-	    (progn
-	      (if (= type REBOX_TYPE_OPEN)
-		  (setq type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE))
-	      (replace-match "" t t))
-	  (if (looking-at "^ *\\*\\*+[.\+\\]? *\n")
-	      (progn
-		(setq quality REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR)
-		(setq type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE)
-		(replace-match "" t t))
-	    (if (looking-at "^ *XX+[.\+\\]? *\n")
-		(progn
-		  (setq quality REBOX_QUALITY_STARRED_FOUR)
-		  (setq type REBOX_TYPE_HALF_DOUBLE)
-		  (replace-match "" t t))))))
-
-      ;; - remove all spurious whitespace
-
-      (goto-char (point-min))
-      (while (re-search-forward " +$" nil t)
-	(replace-match "" t t))
-
-      (goto-char (point-min))
-      (if (looking-at "\n+")
-	  (replace-match "" t t))
-
-      (goto-char (point-max))
-      (skip-chars-backward "\n")
-      (if (looking-at "\n\n+")
-	  (replace-match "\n" t t))
-
-      (goto-char (point-min))
-      (while (re-search-forward "\n\n\n+" nil t)
-	(replace-match "\n\n" t t))
-
-      ;; - move the text left is adequate
-
-      (setq actual-margin (rebox-left-margin))
-      (if (not (= previous-margin actual-margin))
-	  (indent-rigidly (point-min) (point-max)
-			  (- previous-margin actual-margin))))
-
-    ;; Override box style according to FLAG or chosen default style.
-    ;; Else, use either recognized style elements or built-in defaults.
-
-    (cond ((and (numberp flag) (not (zerop (/ flag 100))))
-	   (setq language (* (/ flag 100) 100)))
-	  ((not (zerop (/ rebox-default-style 100)))
-	   (setq language (* (/ rebox-default-style 100) 100))))
-
-    (cond ((and (numberp flag) (not (zerop (% (/ flag 10) 10))))
-	   (setq quality (* (% (/ flag 10) 10) 10)))
-	  ((not (zerop (% (/ rebox-default-style 10) 10)))
-	   (setq quality (* (% (/ rebox-default-style 10) 10) 10)))
-	  ((zerop quality)
-	   (setq quality REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO)))
-
-    (cond ((and (numberp flag) (not (zerop (% flag 10))))
-	   (setq type (% flag 10)))
-	  ((not (zerop (% rebox-default-style 10)))
-	   (setq type (% rebox-default-style 10)))
-	  ((zerop type)
-	   (setq type 1)))
-
-    ;; Possibly refill, then reconstruct the comment box.
-
-    (let ((indent-tabs-mode nil))
-      (rebox-reconstruct (not (and flag (listp flag)))
-			 (rebox-left-margin)
-			 language quality type))
-
-    ;; Retabify to the left only (adapted from tabify.el).
-
-    (if indent-tabs-mode
-	(progn
-	  (goto-char (point-min))
-	  (while (re-search-forward "^[ \t][ \t]+" nil t)
-	    (let ((column (current-column)))
-	      (delete-region (match-beginning 0) (point))
-	      (indent-to column)))))
-
-    ;; Restore the point position.
-
-    (goto-char (marker-position marked-point))
-
-    ;; Remove all intermediate boundaries from the undo list.
-
-    (if (not (eq buffer-undo-list undo-list))
-	(let ((cursor buffer-undo-list))
-	  (while (not (eq (cdr cursor) undo-list))
-	    (if (car (cdr cursor))
-		(setq cursor (cdr cursor))
-	      (rplacd cursor (cdr (cdr cursor)))))))))
-
-;;; Set or reset the Taarna team's own way for a C style.  You do not
-;;; really want to know about this.
-
-(defvar c-mode-taarna-style nil "*Non-nil for Taarna team C-style.")
-
-(defun taarna-mode ()
-  (interactive)
-  (if c-mode-taarna-style
-      (progn
-
-	(setq c-mode-taarna-style nil)
-	(setq c-indent-level 2)
-	(setq c-continued-statement-offset 2)
-	(setq c-brace-offset 0)
-	(setq c-argdecl-indent 5)
-	(setq c-label-offset -2)
-	(setq c-tab-always-indent t)
-	(setq rebox-default-style REBOX_QUALITY_ROUNDED_TWO)
-	(message "C mode: GNU style"))
-
-    (setq c-mode-taarna-style t)
-    (setq c-indent-level 4)
-    (setq c-continued-statement-offset 4)
-    (setq c-brace-offset -4)
-    (setq c-argdecl-indent 4)
-    (setq c-label-offset -4)
-    (setq c-tab-always-indent t)
-    (setq rebox-default-style
-	  (+ REBOX_QUALITY_SIMPLE_ONE REBOX_TYPE_HALF_SINGLE))
-    (message "C mode: Taarna style")))
-
-;;; Rebox the current region.
-
-(defun rebox-region (flag)
-  (interactive "P")
-  (if (eq flag '-) (setq flag (rebox-ask-for-style)))
-  (if (rebox-validate-flag flag)
-      (save-restriction
-	(narrow-to-region (region-beginning) (region-end))
-	(rebox-engine flag))))
-
-;;; Rebox the surrounding comment.
-
-(defun rebox-comment (flag)
-  (interactive "P")
-  (if (eq flag '-) (setq flag (rebox-ask-for-style)))
-  (if (rebox-validate-flag flag)
-      (save-restriction
-	(rebox-find-and-narrow)
-	(rebox-engine flag))))

scripts/.cvsignore

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-backup.sh
-backup
-restore
-dump-remind

scripts/Makefile.am

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-# Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
 ## any later version.
 
 ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,